WO2023173855A1 - Glass cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device - Google Patents

Glass cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023173855A1
WO2023173855A1 PCT/CN2022/139172 CN2022139172W WO2023173855A1 WO 2023173855 A1 WO2023173855 A1 WO 2023173855A1 CN 2022139172 W CN2022139172 W CN 2022139172W WO 2023173855 A1 WO2023173855 A1 WO 2023173855A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
transmitting
glass
transmitting part
glass substrate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/139172
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张宗辉
唐中帜
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023173855A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023173855A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/024Detecting, measuring or recording pulse rate or heart rate
    • A61B5/02416Detecting, measuring or recording pulse rate or heart rate using photoplethysmograph signals, e.g. generated by infrared radiation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/024Detecting, measuring or recording pulse rate or heart rate
    • A61B5/02438Detecting, measuring or recording pulse rate or heart rate with portable devices, e.g. worn by the patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6801Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
    • A61B5/6802Sensor mounted on worn items
    • A61B5/681Wristwatch-type devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/003Light absorbing elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/02Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/08Mirrors

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and specifically relates to a glass cover plate and a preparation method thereof, a housing and an electronic equipment.
  • Current health detection equipment such as heart rate detection equipment, blood oxygen detection equipment, etc. include a light emitter and a light receiver. After the light emitter emits light, it enters the light receiver after being reflected by the living body. The light receiver detects the intensity of the reflected light. Changes to achieve health monitoring of living organisms.
  • one or more optical windows are usually opened in the opaque glass cover. The materials between the opaque glass cover and the light-transmitting part of the window are different. , the joint bonding performance is poor.
  • the first embodiment of the present application provides a glass cover, which includes:
  • a light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part from entering the The light from the second light-transmitting part passes through the light-blocking part to channel light, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than The crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • a second embodiment of the present application provides a method for preparing a glass cover, which includes:
  • the first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain the glass cover plate.
  • the glass cover plate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a light-blocking part.
  • the second light-transmitting part The light-blocking portion is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting portion; the light-blocking portion is located between the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion, and the light-blocking portion is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting portion.
  • the light in the light part and the light entering the second light-transmitting part pass through the light-blocking part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part
  • the crystallinity of the light part is greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • the third embodiment of the present application provides a housing, which includes:
  • the housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover and is connected to the glass cover.
  • a fourth embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes:
  • a light emitter which is provided on one side of the glass cover or the housing, close to the first light-transmitting part of the glass cover, and is used to illuminate the first light-transmitting part. emerging ray;
  • a light receiver, the light receiver and the light emitter are arranged on the same side of the glass cover or the housing and close to the second light-transmitting part in the glass cover, for receiving The portion of the light that passes through the first light-transmitting part and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of a glass cover plate along the O-O direction in FIG. 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the first glass substrate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the seventh embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the eighth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the housing along the direction A-A in Figure 20 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Example 3 of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the first glass substrate in Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the first glass substrate in Figure 25 of the present application along the Q-Q direction.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the glass cover produced in Example 4 of the present application.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the glass cover plate in Figure 27 of the present application along the Q-Q direction.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application along the P-P direction in FIG. 29 .
  • Figure 31 is a circuit block diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 33 is a circuit block diagram of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • 100-glass cover plate 10-first light-transmitting part, 30-second light-transmitting part, 50-light-blocking part, 51-crystalline particles, 100a-first glass substrate, 10a-first part, 30a-th Part two, 50a-third part, 100b-second glass substrate, 50b-connection part, 100'-protective layer, 300-casing, 310-casing body, 311-accommodating cavity, 400-electronic equipment, 410 -Light emitter, 420-display component, 430-light receiver, 440-wristband, 441-wearing slot, 450-processor, 470-memory.
  • this application provides a glass cover plate, which includes:
  • a light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part from entering the The light from the second light-transmitting part passes through the light-blocking part to channel light, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than The crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • the glass cover plate satisfies the relational expression:
  • R is the crystallinity of the light-blocking part
  • R1 is the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part
  • R2 is the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • the light-blocking part has crystal particles, and the particle size d of the crystal particles ranges from 1 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 200 ⁇ m, or from 2 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 50 ⁇ m.
  • first light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part and the second light-transmitting part are an integral structure; the components of the first light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part and the third light-transmitting part
  • the components of the two light-transmitting parts have the same general chemical formula.
  • the first light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation
  • the second light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation
  • the light-blocking part includes a second metal cation
  • the first metal cation and the second metal cation are The elements of the metal cations are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  • the first metal cations include lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, copper ions , at least one of gold ions;
  • the second metal cation includes lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions At least one of ions, zinc ions, copper ions, and gold ions.
  • the range of the light transmittance T1 of the first light-transmitting part is T1 ⁇ 20%
  • the range of the light transmittance T2 of the second light-transmitting part is T2 ⁇ 20%
  • the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part is T ⁇ 80% ⁇ T1 and T ⁇ 80% ⁇ T2.
  • the first light-transmitting part is at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass; and the second light-transmitting part is The light part is at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass; the light blocking part is silicate glass, aluminum At least one of silicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass and aluminate glass.
  • this application provides a method for preparing a glass cover, which includes:
  • the first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain a glass cover plate.
  • the glass cover plate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a light-blocking part.
  • the second light-transmitting part and The first light-transmitting parts are arranged at intervals; the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting part.
  • the light rays entering the second light-transmitting part pass through the light-blocking part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part The crystallinity is greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • the ion exchange and crystallization of the first glass substrate to obtain the glass cover plate includes:
  • the second glass substrate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a connecting part.
  • the first light-transmitting part The connection part is spaced apart from the second light-transmitting part; the connecting part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part; and
  • the second glass base material is heat-treated to crystallize the connecting portion to form a light-blocking portion, the light-blocking portion being used to prevent light entering the first light-transmitting portion from entering the second light-transmitting portion.
  • Part of the light passes through the light-blocking part to cause light channeling, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  • the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a third part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the third part is located between the first part and the Between the second parts; the opposite sides of the first part protrude from the third part, and the opposite sides of the second part protrude from the third part;
  • Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
  • the second light-transmitting part is used to obtain a second glass substrate.
  • the first glass base material includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a third part, the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part are spaced apart, and the third part is located at between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part;
  • Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
  • the third part is subjected to cation exchange so that the third part forms the connecting part to obtain a second glass substrate.
  • the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation
  • performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
  • the first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature
  • a displacement reaction occurs between at least part of the first metal cations and the second metal cations in the first glass substrate at 300°C to 900°C to obtain the second glass substrate, where the first metal cations and the second metal cations are The elements of the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  • the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a third part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the third part is located between the first part and the Between the second parts; the opposite sides of the third part protrude from the first part, and the opposite sides of the third part protrude from the second part;
  • Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
  • Cation exchange is performed on the first glass substrate, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part, the second part and the third part, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part , the second part forms the second light-transmitting part;
  • the portions of the third portion protruding from the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion on opposite sides are removed to obtain the connecting portion and a second glass substrate.
  • the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a connecting part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the connecting part is located between the first part and the second part. between departments;
  • Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
  • the first part and the second part are subjected to cation exchange, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part, and the second part forms the second light-transmitting part, so as to obtain the second Glass substrate.
  • the heat treatment of the second glass substrate to crystallize the connection portion to form a light-blocking portion includes:
  • the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation
  • performing ion exchange and crystallization on the first glass substrate to obtain the glass cover includes:
  • the first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, at least part of the first metal cations in the first glass substrate are replaced with the second metal cations and crystallized to obtain the glass cover plate, where Te is the The crystallization temperature of the light-blocking part, Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part, the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part is Te2, and Te ⁇ Te1, Te ⁇ Te2; wherein, the The elements of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  • this application provides a housing, which includes:
  • the housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover and is connected to the glass cover.
  • this application provides an electronic device, which includes:
  • a light emitter the light emitter is provided on the glass cover plate and is disposed close to the first light-transmitting part in the glass cover plate, and is used for emitting light to the first light-transmitting part;
  • a light receiver, the light receiver and the light emitter are arranged on the same side of the glass cover and close to the second light-transmitting part in the glass cover, for receiving all the light transmitted through it.
  • the first light-transmitting part is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
  • the electronic device further includes a processor, the processor is electrically connected to the light emitter and the light receiver respectively, the processor is used to control the light emitter to emit the light, and control the light
  • the receiver receives the portion of the light that passes through the first light-transmitting part and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
  • Photoplethysmography (Photo Plethysmo Graphic, PPG) is based on a light-emitting diode light source (LED light source) and a light receiver.
  • the LED emits light, such as green light, which passes through the tissues and arteries and veins in the skin and is absorbed and reflected Back to the photodiode PD.
  • the absorption of light by muscles, bones, veins and other tissues is basically unchanged, but the blood in the arteries flows, and the absorption of light naturally changes.
  • the resulting signals can be divided into DC signals and AC signals. Extracting the AC signals can reflect the characteristics of blood flow, thereby enabling the detection of blood oxygen, heart rate, pulse, etc.
  • photoplethysmography is often used in portable health detection equipment such as smart watches and smart bracelets to detect the health status of living entities such as the human body in real time and provide timely alarms when abnormalities occur. Therefore, the detection accuracy of portable health testing equipment is particularly important.
  • the glass cover of the health detection equipment is The positions corresponding to the emitter and light receiver will be designed to be transparent or light-transmitting, while other parts will be opaque. Therefore, the glass cover is usually formed by opening one or more through holes in an opaque base material, and placing transparent components in the through holes. The transparent components need to be fixed to the opaque glass cover through adhesion or other methods. On the board, the integration effect of the glass cover is poor, and the mechanical properties of the formed glass cover are poor.
  • two-color injection molding can also be used to form a glass cover plate with a light-transmitting part and an opaque part.
  • this method is usually applied to thermoplastic resin, and the formed glass cover plate is wear-resistant.
  • the light-transmitting part is easily scratched after being used for a period of time, which affects the accuracy of the test results.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a glass cover 100 , which includes a first light-transmitting part 10 , a second light-transmitting part 30 and a light-blocking part 50 .
  • the second light-transmitting part 30 is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10; the light-blocking part 50 is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, and the light-blocking part 50 is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting part
  • the light rays 10 and the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 pass through the light-blocking part 50 , and the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the light-blocking part 50 .
  • the crystallinity R of 50 is the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the light blocking portion 50 is located between the first light transmitting portion 10 and the second light transmitting portion 30 . It can be understood that the light blocking portion 50 only needs to be at least partially located between the first light transmitting portion 10 and the second light transmitting portion 30 .
  • the light-blocking part 50 can also extend to other positions of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; the light-blocking part 50 can be connected with the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30;
  • the light part 50 may also be spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 respectively, and then be connected through other parts.
  • the light blocking portion 50 is arranged around one or more of the first light transmitting portion 10 or the second light transmitting portion 30 .
  • the light-blocking part 50 may surround the first light-transmitting part 10 , or surround the second light-transmitting part 30 , or surround the first light-transmitting part. 10 and is arranged around the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the light-blocking part 50 may be arranged around one or more of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 .
  • the light-blocking part 50 may be provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 .
  • the light-blocking part 50 may not surround the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 , but may be disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the light blocking part 50 surrounds one or more of the first light transmitting part 10 or the second light transmitting part 30 This setting can have better light blocking effect.
  • the number of the first light-transmitting parts 10 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the number of the second light-transmitting parts 30 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the number of light blocking portions 50 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the number of the second light-transmitting parts 30 and the number of the first light-transmitting parts 10 may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are evenly distributed on the glass cover 100 .
  • FIG. 1 is only an arrangement of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50 , and should not be understood as limiting the glass cover 100 in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the glass cover 100 of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to, but is not limited to, wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.), blood oxygen monitors, heart rate detectors, pulse detectors, mobile phones, and tablets. Computers, laptops, e-readers, game consoles and other electronic devices 400 with health detection functions (as shown in Figures 29, 30 and 32).
  • the glass cover 100 of the present application can be used as the housing 300 of the electronic device 400 (as shown in FIG. 20 ), and can be, for example, but not limited to, the back cover of a smart watch, the back cover of a smart bracelet, or a detection component of a blood oxygen monitor.
  • the glass cover 100 of the present application can also be used as a part of the casing 300 of the electronic device 400, disposed on the casing 300, and used as a window for the detection module (such as a light emitter and a light receiver) of the electronic device 400.
  • the glass cover 100 in the embodiment of the present application includes a first light-transmitting part 10 , a second light-transmitting part 30 and a light-blocking part 50 .
  • the light-blocking portion 50 is located between the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • the crystallinity R of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 Degree R2.
  • the disturbing light that enters the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 and is directed to the light-blocking part 50 is scattered and reflected by the crystal particles in the light-blocking part 50 when passing through the light-blocking part 50 Or absorb, so that the interfering light passing through the light blocking part 50 is greatly attenuated, and the light entering the first light transmitting part 10 and the light entering the second light transmitting part 30 are prevented from passing through the light blocking part 50 . Therefore, when the glass cover 100 is applied to the electronic device 400 with a health detection function, the signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of health detection.
  • the glass cover 100 of the present application can be made of a whole glass substrate, and through ion exchange and crystallization, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50 of the obtained glass cover 100 It is an integrated structure, so that the glass cover 100 has a better integrated structure, and thus has better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the thickness of the glass cover 100 may be, but is not limited to, 0.3 mm to 1.3 mm; specifically, the thickness of the housing 300 body may be, but is not limited to, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, or 0.6 mm. , 0.7mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm, 1mm, 1.3mm, etc.
  • the glass cover 100 is too thin, it cannot provide good support and protection, and the mechanical strength cannot well meet the requirements of the electronic device 400 glass cover 100.
  • the mechanical strength increases. The weight of the electronic device 400 affects the feel of the electronic device 400 and results in poor user experience.
  • the glass cover 100 satisfies the relationships: 40% ⁇ R-R1 ⁇ 90% and 40% ⁇ R-R2 ⁇ 90%.
  • the difference between the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 and the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 40% and less than or equal to 90%; the difference between the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30
  • the difference in crystallinity R2 is greater than or equal to 40% and less than or equal to 90%.
  • the glass cover 100 satisfies the relational expressions: 60% ⁇ R-R1 ⁇ 90% and 60% ⁇ R-R2 ⁇ 90%.
  • the glass cover 100 satisfies the relationship expressions: 70% ⁇ R-R1 ⁇ 90% and 70% ⁇ R-R2 ⁇ 90%.
  • R-R1 may be, but is not limited to, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85% , 88%, 90%, etc.
  • R-R2 may be, but is not limited to, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85% , 88%, 90%, etc.
  • R-R1 and R-R2 are too small, the crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 is too low, and the scattering, reflection and absorption effects on the stray light are too small, and the anti-channeling effect cannot be achieved well.
  • R-R1 The larger R-R1 and R-R2 are, the better the anti-fluorescence effect will be. However, when R-R1 and R-R2 are too large, the difficulty of process preparation will be increased.
  • the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 ranges from 0 ⁇ R1 ⁇ 30%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is 0 ⁇ R1 ⁇ 20%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is 0 ⁇ R1 ⁇ 10%. Specifically, the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, 0%, 1%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, etc.
  • the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 ranges from 0 ⁇ R2 ⁇ 30%. Furthermore, the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 ranges from 0 ⁇ R2 ⁇ 20%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 is 0 ⁇ R2 ⁇ 10%. Specifically, the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, 0%, 1%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, etc.
  • the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 ranges from 45% ⁇ R1 ⁇ 95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 is 50% ⁇ R1 ⁇ 95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking portion 50 is 60% ⁇ R1 ⁇ 95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking portion 50 is 70% ⁇ R1 ⁇ 95%. Specifically, the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 95%, etc.
  • the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be the same or different.
  • the manufacturing process of the glass cover 100 can be simplified.
  • the light blocking part 50 has crystal particles 51 (ie, crystal particles), and the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 ranges from 1 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 200 ⁇ m. Furthermore, the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 is in the range of 2 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 50 ⁇ m. Furthermore, the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 is in the range of 5 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 30 ⁇ m.
  • the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 may be, but is not limited to, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, 6 ⁇ m, 8 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 120 ⁇ m, 140 ⁇ m, 160 ⁇ m, 180 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, etc.
  • the size of the crystal particles 51 is too small (for example, smaller than the wavelength of the incident light), the light is easily diffracted in the light-blocking portion 50 and passes through the light-blocking portion 50 , affecting the anti-channeling effect of the light-blocking portion 50 .
  • the light blocking effect of the light blocking portion 50 gradually increases.
  • the size of the crystal particles 51 is greater than 200 ⁇ m, the number of grain boundaries is not large enough to form enough scattering, causing the light blocking portion 50 to The light-blocking effect gradually decreases, and the mechanical strength of the light-blocking part 50 also decreases.
  • the “particle diameter of the crystal particles 51” refers to the equivalent spherical diameter of the crystal particles 51, that is, an irregular-shaped object whose volume is the same as the diameter of a sphere.
  • “Grain boundary” refers to the interface between crystal grains, or the cross section between crystal grains and amorphous state.
  • the light blocking portion 50 has a preset pattern to provide a decorative effect, so that the glass cover 100 has a better appearance.
  • the preset pattern may be, but is not limited to, graphics (such as flower graphics, animal graphics, character graphics, etc.), text (such as logo), etc.
  • graphics such as flower graphics, animal graphics, character graphics, etc.
  • text such as logo
  • the preset pattern can be designed according to the desired appearance effect, and is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the preset pattern may be a heart-shaped pattern as shown in Figure 3, or a quadrangular pattern as shown in Figure 4.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are an integral structure.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are made of a single piece of glass base material and undergo processes such as ion exchange and crystallization to form an integrated structure of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the light-blocking part 30 . part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • there is no process interface such as gluing, splicing, and welding between the first light-transmitting part 10, the light-blocking part 50, and the second light-transmitting part 30.
  • the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the components of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the components of the light-blocking part 50 and the components of the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same chemical formula.
  • Chemical formula is used to represent one or several classes of compounds in which at least one group is changeable.
  • the components of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the components of the light-blocking part 50 and the components of the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same chemical formula, which can be understood as the first light-transmitting part 10
  • the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 include different metal cations, but the mole fractions of the metal cations are equal, and the components and proportions of other elements except the metal cations are the same.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10, the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can have better integration, and can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization, without gluing, splicing, or welding. and other process interfaces.
  • the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the total number of moles of each element composing the first light-transmitting part 10 , the total number of moles of each element composing the light-blocking part 50 , and the total number of moles of each element composing the second light-transmitting part 30 The number of moles is equal. In other words, within the unit volume, the total number of atoms of each element included in the first light-transmitting part 10 , the total number of atoms of each element included in the light-blocking part 50 , and the total number of atoms of each element included in the second light-transmitting part 30 are equal.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization.
  • the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same mole fraction of at least one of silicon, phosphorus, oxygen, aluminum, and boron.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element and oxygen element.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element and boron element.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element and phosphorus element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element, phosphorus element and boron element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of aluminum element and oxygen element.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization.
  • the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the range of the light transmittance T1 of the first light transmitting part 10 is T1 ⁇ 20%.
  • the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 30%.
  • the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 60%.
  • the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 85%.
  • the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, etc. The greater the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 , the better.
  • the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 90%. Specifically, it may be, but is not limited to, 90%, 92%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 98%, 99%. etc., which can better reduce the loss of light when passing through the first light-transmitting part 10 .
  • the light transmission of the first light-transmitting part 10 can be compensated or corrected through algorithms, software calculations, increasing the intensity and brightness of the light emitted by the light emitter, etc.
  • the loss caused by the light is lower, and the detection error of the electronic device 400 is reduced.
  • the range of the light transmittance T1 of the second light transmitting part 30 is T1 ⁇ 20%.
  • the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 30%.
  • the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 60%.
  • the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 85%.
  • the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, etc. The greater the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 , the better.
  • the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 90%. Specifically, it may be, but is not limited to, 90%, 92%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 98%, 99%. etc., which can better reduce the loss of light when passing through the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the light transmission of the second light-transmitting part 30 can be compensated or corrected through algorithms, software calculations, increasing the intensity and brightness of the light emitted by the light emitter, etc.
  • the loss caused by the light is lower, and the detection error of the electronic device 400 is reduced.
  • the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 and the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 may be the same. In other embodiments, the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 and the second light transmitting part 30 may be the same. The light transmittance of the light part 30 may also be different, and is not specifically limited in this application. In a specific embodiment, when the number of at least one of the first light-transmitting parts 10 or the second light-transmitting parts 30 is multiple, the number of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 or the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 is The light transmittance can be different.
  • the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 or the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 can have different characteristics according to the color and intensity of the light emitted by different light emitters.
  • the light transmittance for example, when the intensity of the light emitted by the light emitter is high, the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 or the second light transmitting part 30 corresponding to the light emitter can be reduced; If the intensity is relatively weak, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 corresponding to the light emitter can be increased.
  • the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 ranges from T ⁇ 80% ⁇ T1 and T ⁇ 80% ⁇ T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T ⁇ 70% ⁇ T1 and T ⁇ 70% ⁇ T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T ⁇ 60% ⁇ T1 and T ⁇ 60% ⁇ T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T ⁇ % ⁇ T1 and T ⁇ % ⁇ T2.
  • the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 0.8T1, 0.75T1, 0.7T1, 0.65T1, 0.6T1, 0.55T1, 0.5T1, 0.45T1, 0.4T1, 0.3T1 , 0.2T1, etc.
  • the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 0.8T2, 0.75T2, 0.7T2, 0.65T2, 0.6T2, 0.55T2, 0.5T2, 0.45T2, 0.4T2, 0.3T2 , 0.2T2, etc.
  • the electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 can detect a higher signal-to-noise ratio and a higher detection accuracy.
  • the raw material of the glass cover may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. kind.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. .
  • the second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass.
  • the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. "At least one" means more than or equal to one.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 includes a first metal cation
  • the second light-transmitting part 30 includes a first metal cation
  • the light-blocking part 50 includes a second metal cation
  • the relationship between the first metal cation and the second metal cation is The elements are different, and the first metal cation and the second metal cation have the same valence state.
  • the glass cover 100 can be made of a whole glass substrate, and after processes such as ion exchange and crystallization, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be formed into an integrated structure.
  • the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the first metal cation includes lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver ion (Ag + ), magnesium ion (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ion (Al 3+ ), calcium ion (Ca 2+ ), strontium ion (Sr 2+ ), barium ion (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ion (Y 3+ ) , at least one of zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
  • the second metal cation includes lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, At least one of copper ions and gold ions.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 includes Na-Al-Si glass
  • the second light-transmitting part 30 includes Na-Al-Si glass
  • the light-blocking part 50 includes Li-Al-Si glass.
  • the first metal cation is Na + and the second metal cation is Li + .
  • Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass. Therefore, it can be carried out above the crystallization temperature of Li-Al-Si glass and below the crystallization temperature of Na-Al-Si glass.
  • the glass cover plate 100 in the embodiment of the present application can be prepared by the method of the following embodiments of the present application. In addition, it can also be prepared by other methods.
  • the preparation method of the embodiment of the present application is only one or more of the glass cover plate 100 of the present application. Various preparation methods should not be construed as limitations to the glass cover 100 provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, a silicate glass substrate, an aluminosilicate glass substrate, a phosphate glass substrate, an aluminophosphate glass substrate, or a borate glass substrate. , at least one of aluminate glass substrates.
  • the first glass substrate 100a can also be a strengthened silicate glass substrate, a strengthened aluminosilicate glass substrate, a strengthened phosphate glass substrate, or a strengthened aluminum phosphate. At least one of a salt glass substrate, a strengthened borate glass substrate, and a strengthened aluminate glass substrate.
  • the strengthening method can be, but is not limited to, chemical ion exchange strengthening (chemical strengthening), physical tempering, ion implantation strengthening and other methods.
  • the glass cover 100 includes the first light-transmitting part 10, the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50.
  • the light-transmitting part 30 is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10; the light-blocking part 50 is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30.
  • the light-blocking part 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 from interfering with the light.
  • the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 passes through the light-blocking part 50 to channel light.
  • the crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, This causes the first metal cation and the second metal cation in the first glass substrate 100a to undergo an ion replacement reaction, forming a structure in which one part is prone to crystallization (the crystallization temperature is lower) and the other part is difficult to crystallize (the crystallization temperature is higher). ), and causing it to at least partially crystallize (crystallize) to obtain the glass cover 100 .
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 in the embodiment of the present application performs ion exchange on the first glass substrate 100a, so that the first glass substrate 100a forms a structure in which one part is prone to crystallization and the other part is not prone to crystallization (in other words, the first glass substrate 100a is changed.
  • the crystallization performance of one part of the glass substrate 100a remains unchanged), so that when the temperature is between the crystallization temperature of the part that is prone to crystallization and the crystallization temperature of the part that is not prone to crystallization, the part that is prone to crystallization will The crystal forms the light-blocking portion 50 , and the temperature of the portion where crystallization is less likely to occur does not cause crystallization to form the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 . Therefore, the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the disturbing light that enters the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 and is directed toward the light-blocking part 50 is scattered by the crystal particles 51 in the light-blocking part 50 when passing through the light-blocking part 50 .
  • Reflection or absorption thereby greatly attenuating the interfering light passing through the light-blocking part 50 , preventing the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 and the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 from passing through the light-blocking part 50 .
  • the glass cover 100 is applied to an electronic device 400 with a health detection function, the signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of health detection.
  • the glass cover 100 of the present application uses a whole first glass substrate 100a, and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 10 of the glass cover 100 are formed through ion exchange and crystallization.
  • the portion 30 and the light-blocking portion 50 are formed into an integral structure, so that the glass cover 100 has a better integrated structure and thus has better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the second embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first metal cation.
  • the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a second metal cation.
  • the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
  • the second glass substrate 100b includes the first light-transmitting part 10, the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50b.
  • the light part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart; the connecting part 50b is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; and
  • the ion exchange method may be, but is not limited to, high temperature molten salt bath, high temperature and high pressure salt solution immersion, solid phase ion exchange and other methods.
  • the first glass substrate 100a when the first glass substrate 100a includes a first metal cation, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is 100a is contacted with a solid powder such as a salt or an oxide having a second metal cation, and a substitution reaction occurs between at least part of the first metal cation and the second metal cation in the first glass substrate 100a at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C to obtain Second glass substrate 100b.
  • the second glass substrate 100b includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a connecting part 50b.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart; the connecting part 50b is located in the first light-transmitting part. 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the crystallization temperature Te of the connection part 50b is lower than the crystallization temperature Te1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and lower than the crystallization temperature Te2 of the second light-transmitting part 30; in other words, Te ⁇ Te1 and Te ⁇ Te2.
  • Te ⁇ Te1 and Te ⁇ Te2 Te ⁇ Te1 and Te ⁇ Te2.
  • the above temperature of 300°C to 900°C means that the ion exchange temperature can be any value between 300°C and 900°C, including the endpoint of 300°C and the endpoint of 900°C.
  • the first glass substrate 100a when the first glass substrate 100a includes a second metal cation, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having the first metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is The material 100a is contacted with solid powder such as salt or oxide having the first metal cation at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C, so that at least part of the second metal cations in the first glass substrate 100a are replaced with the first metal cations. reaction to obtain a second glass substrate 100b.
  • solid powder such as salt or oxide having the first metal cation at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C
  • the crystallization temperature Te1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the crystallization temperature Te2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be the same or different.
  • the preparation process of the glass cover 100 can be simplified.
  • the salt molten liquid having the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 molten liquid, Na 2 SO 4 molten liquid, NaCl molten liquid, Na 3 PO 4 molten liquid, KNO 3 molten liquid, KCl molten liquid , K 2 SO 4 melt, K 3 PO 4 melt, LiCl melt, LiNO 3 melt, Li 2 SO 4 melt, Ca(NO 3 ) 2 melt, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 melt, etc. of at least one.
  • the salt solution having the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 solution, Na 2 SO 4 solution, NaCl solution, Na 3 PO 4 solution, KNO 3 solution, KCl solution, LiCl solution, LiNO 3 solution , at least one of Ca(NO 3 ) 2 solution, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 solution, CaCl 2 , BaCl 2 solution, etc.
  • the solid powder such as salt or oxide having the first metal cation can be, but is not limited to, sodium oxide powder, sodium carbonate powder, NaNO 3 powder, Na 3 PO 4 powder, NaHCO 3 powder, MgO powder, MgOH powder, CaO powder, Ca(OH) 2 powder, lithium oxide powder, lithium carbonate powder, etc.
  • the salt molten liquid having the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 molten liquid, Na 2 SO 4 molten liquid, NaCl molten liquid, Na 3 PO 4 molten liquid, KNO 3 molten liquid, KCl molten liquid , K 2 SO 4 melt, K 3 PO 4 melt, LiCl melt, LiNO 3 melt, Li 2 SO 4 melt, Ca(NO 3 ) 2 melt, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 melt, etc. of at least one.
  • the salt solution with the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 solution, Na 2 SO 4 solution, NaCl solution, Na 3 PO 4 solution, KNO 3 solution, KCl solution, LiCl solution, LiNO 3 solution , at least one of Ca(NO 3 ) 2 solution, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 solution, CaCl 2 , BaCl 2 solution, etc.
  • the solid powder such as salt or oxide with the second metal cation can be, but is not limited to, sodium oxide powder, sodium carbonate powder, NaNO 3 powder, Na 3 PO 4 powder, NaHCO 3 powder, MgO powder, MgOH powder, CaO powder, Ca(OH) 2 powder, lithium oxide powder, lithium carbonate powder, etc.
  • first metal cation and the second metal cation perform ion exchange
  • cations of the same valence state are usually used for ion exchange.
  • Li + and Na + perform ion exchange
  • K + and Na + perform ion exchange
  • Li + and K + perform ion exchange
  • Ca 2+ and Ba 2+ perform ion exchange
  • the temperature of ion exchange is any temperature or any temperature range between 300°C and 900°C. Further, the temperature of ion exchange is between 300°C and 900°C. Specifically, the temperature of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 300°C, 320°C, 350°C, 380°C, 400°C, 420°C, 450°C, 480°C, 500°C, 520°C, 550°C, 580°C, 600°C °C, 650°C, 700°C, 750°C, 800°C, 850°C, 900°C, etc.
  • the ion exchange rate is too slow, which affects production efficiency; as the ion exchange temperature increases, the ion exchange rate will be faster, but if the ion exchange temperature is too high, the first glass substrate 100a will soften or Crystallization, therefore, the temperature of ion exchange is not likely to be too high, and should be performed under the condition of ensuring that the first glass substrate 100a does not soften or prematurely crystallize.
  • the time of ion exchange can be 0.5h to 48h.
  • the time of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 0.5h, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 8h, 10h, 13h, 16h, 20h, 22h, 24h, 27h, 30h, 33h, 35h, 38h, 40h, 43h, 45h, 48h, etc.
  • the time of ion exchange can control the depth of ion exchange of the first glass substrate 100a. If the time of ion exchange is too short, the depth of ion exchange will be too shallow, and the final crystallinity of the middle part of the light blocking part 50 will not be enough. Isolate crosstalk light. If the ion exchange time is too long, production efficiency will be affected.
  • the connecting portion 50b is disposed around one or more of the first light-transmitting portion 10 or the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • the connecting part 50b can surround the first light-transmitting part 10 , or surround the second light-transmitting part 30 , or surround the first light-transmitting part 10 and is arranged around the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the connecting part 50b may be provided around one or more of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 .
  • the connecting part 50b may be provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 .
  • the connecting part 50b may not surround the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 , but may be disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the connection part 50b is provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 At this time, the obtained glass cover 100 can have better light-blocking effect.
  • the connecting part 50b is disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, the resulting light-blocking part 50 can prevent light from occurring between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30.
  • the form placed on the connecting portion 50b is not specifically limited in this application and can be designed according to the appearance effect and the shape of the electronic device 400.
  • the illustrations in this application only show one or more possible ways, and should not be used. This should be understood as a limitation on the glass cover 100 of the present application.
  • the light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • heat treatment is performed at temperatures Te to Te1 or temperatures Te to Te2, so that the connection portion 50b is crystallized to form the light blocking portion 50.
  • the heat treatment temperature is lower than the one with a lower crystallization temperature
  • the heat treatment is performed to cause crystallization of the connecting portion 50b, and the crystallization forms the light-blocking portion 50, the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 10 with a higher crystallinity.
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 When the temperature of the heat treatment is too low, none of the connecting part 50b, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will crystallize, or only a very small part will crystallize, so that the obtained light-blocking part 50 The degree of crystallinity is too small to achieve a good anti-light channeling effect; when the temperature of the heat treatment is too high, partial crystallization of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will occur, resulting in the first The light transmittance of the light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too low, and the loss of light when passing through the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too large.
  • the electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 The detection accuracy and precision are reduced.
  • the crystallization temperature of the connecting part 50b is 550°C
  • the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is 750°C
  • the heat treatment temperature may be 520°C to 650°C.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment may be, but is not limited to, 520°C, 530°C, 540°C, 550°C, 560°C, 570°C, 580°C, 590°C, 600°C, 610°C, 620°C, 630°C, 640°C , 650°C, etc.
  • the heat treatment time is 1 h to 12 h.
  • the heat treatment time may be, but is not limited to, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 6h, 7h, 8h, 9h, 10h, 11h, 12h, etc. If the heat treatment time is too short, the connection part 50b cannot be fully crystallized, and the light blocking part 50 formed has poor anti-channeling effect; if the heat treatment time is too long, production efficiency will be affected, and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 10 Partial crystallization may also occur in the portion 30 , affecting the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • a method for preparing a glass cover 100 according to a third embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between the first part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and the opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude from the third part 50a;
  • the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a; the third part 50a is connected to the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and connected to The outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a is provided.
  • the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition.
  • the third part 50a has a first surface and a second surface that are opposite to each other. The first part 10a protrudes from the first surface and protrudes from the second surface, and steps are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a.
  • the second part 30a protrudes from the first surface and protrudes from the second surface, and steps are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. That is, the first part 10a and the second part 30a each form a step on the first surface side of the third part 50a, and each form a step on the second surface side of the third part 50a. That is to say, the thickness of the first part 10a is greater than the thickness of the third part 50a, and the thickness of the second part 30a is also greater than the thickness of the third part 50a.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is not easy to crystallize.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively low crystallization temperature.
  • the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Na-Al-Si glass.
  • the molar composition of Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Na + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
  • the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution (such as LiNO3 melt) with a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is mixed with a salt with a second metal cation.
  • Powder or oxide powder contacts second metal cations such as Li + ions
  • the thickness of the first part 10a and the second part 30a is relatively large and the thickness of the third part 50a is small, only the surface parts of the first part 10a and the second part 30a undergo ion replacement, and the original third part 50a is retained in the middle part.
  • the thickness of the third portion 50a is thinner. Therefore, the entire third portion 50a forms an easily crystallized glass with a second metal cation, that is, the connecting portion 50b.
  • the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass
  • the part after ion exchange becomes Li-Al-Si glass.
  • Li-Al-Si glass has lower Crystallization temperature.
  • the part of the part 50b that is, the parts on the opposite sides of the first part 10a that are prone to crystallization are removed to obtain the first light-transmitting part 10.
  • the parts on the opposite sides of the second part 30a that protrude from the connecting part 50b are removed.
  • the second portion 30a faces the portions of the surfaces on both sides that are prone to crystallization, so as to obtain the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane), and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are connected to the first surface.
  • the surface of the light-transmitting part 30 connected to the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane).
  • the light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • step S404 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S404 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S404 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S404 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a third part 50a, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart It is provided that the third part 50a is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30;
  • the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first light-transmitting part 10 and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second light-transmitting part 30; the third part 50a connects to the outer peripheral edge of the first light-transmitting part 10 and It is connected to the outer peripheral edge of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the third part 50 a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition.
  • the third part 50a has an opposite first surface and a second surface.
  • the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane).
  • the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane).
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation.
  • the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Na-Al-Si glass.
  • the molar composition of Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Na + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
  • the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, Na + ion.
  • a protective layer 100' is formed on the exposed surfaces of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 using methods such as gluing, spraying, and coating.
  • the protective layer 100' can be, but is not limited to, a spray ink layer, a photocurable adhesive protective layer 100' (UV glue layer), a silicon dioxide layer, a titanium dioxide layer, a zirconium dioxide layer, etc.
  • a protective layer 100' is formed on the planes connected to the second surface of the portion 50a.
  • the protective layer 100' is used to prevent the first metal cations in the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 from being replaced by second metal cations during cation exchange.
  • a protective layer 100 is provided on the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, and the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt molten liquid or salt solution (such as LiNO 3 molten liquid), or contact the first glass substrate 100a with a salt powder or an oxide powder having a second metal cation (the second metal cation, such as Li + ion), at an ion exchange temperature of 300°C to 900°C for a third time.
  • a salt molten liquid or salt solution such as LiNO 3 molten liquid
  • the second metal cation such as Li + ion
  • the connecting portion 50b is easier to crystallize than the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 do not undergo ion exchange reaction.
  • the method further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
  • the light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from interfering with the light entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • step S504 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S504 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S504 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S504 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the fifth embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between the first part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and the opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a;
  • the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a; the third part 50a connects the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and connects the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a.
  • Margin settings In other words, the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition. Opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a.
  • the third part 50a has a first surface and a second surface that are opposite to each other, the first part 10a is recessed on the first surface and is recessed on the second surface, and grooves are formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a.
  • the second part 30a is recessed on the first surface and recessed on the second surface, and grooves are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. That is, the first part 10a and the second part 30a each form a groove on the first surface side of the third part 50a, and each form a groove on the second surface side of the third part 50a. That is to say, the thickness of the third part 50a is greater than the thickness of the first part 10a and greater than the thickness of the second part 30a.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a second metal cation.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is easy to crystallize.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively high crystallization temperature.
  • the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Li-Al-Si glass.
  • the molar composition of Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Li + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
  • the first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10
  • the second part 100a forms the first light-transmitting part 10.
  • the portion 30a forms the second light-transmitting portion 30;
  • the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution (such as NaNO 3 melt) with a first metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is mixed with a salt with a first metal cation.
  • the powder or oxide powder comes into contact, and at least part of the second metal cations (for example, Li + ) in the first glass substrate 100 a and the first metal cations (Na + ) undergo a displacement reaction at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C, so that the first The second metal cations on the surface of the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a are replaced by the first metal cations, so that crystallization is less likely to occur than the original first glass substrate 100a.
  • a salt melt or salt solution such as NaNO 3 melt
  • the first part 10a and the second part 30a are thinner.
  • the first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10 of the hard-to-crystallize glass with the first metal cation
  • the second part 30a forms the first light-transmitting part 10 of the hard-to-crystallize glass with the first metal cation.
  • processing such as cutting, polishing, machining CNC, etc.
  • the parts of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, that is, the parts of the surfaces on opposite sides of the third part 50a that are prone to crystallization are removed to obtain the connecting part 50b.
  • the surfaces of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50 b facing the first surface flush (that is, in the same plane), and make the first light-transmitting part 10 ,
  • the surfaces of the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50b facing the second surface are flush (that is, in the same plane).
  • the second glass substrate 100b please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • the light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • step S604 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S604 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S604 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S604 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the sixth embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a connecting part 50b.
  • the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the connecting part 50b is located in the first part. between 10a and Part 2 30a;
  • the connecting portion 50b surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first portion 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second portion 30a; the connecting portion 50b connects the outer peripheral edge of the first portion 10a and connects the outer peripheral edge of the second portion 30a. set up.
  • the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the connecting part 50b are an integral structure and have the same raw material composition.
  • the connecting part 50b has a first surface and a second surface opposite to each other.
  • the surface of the first part 10a and the second part 30a connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane).
  • the first part 10a and the second part 30a are flush with each other.
  • the surface of the two parts 30a connecting the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane).
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a second metal cation.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is easy to crystallize.
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively high crystallization temperature.
  • the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Li-Al-Si glass.
  • the molar composition of Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Li + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
  • a protective layer 100' is formed on the exposed surface of the connection portion 50b using methods such as gluing, spraying, or coating.
  • the protective layer 100' may be, but is not limited to, a spray ink layer or a photo-curing adhesive protective layer 100' ( UV adhesive layer), silicon dioxide coating, titanium dioxide layer, zirconium dioxide layer, etc. More specifically, the protective layer 100' is formed on both the first surface and the second surface of the connecting portion 50b.
  • the protective layer 100' is used to prevent the second metal cations in the connection portion 50b from being replaced by the first metal cations during cation exchange.
  • the first glass substrate 100a with the protective layer 100' provided on the surface of the connecting portion 50b is placed in a salt molten liquid or a salt solution (such as NaNO 3 molten liquid) containing the first metal cation, or the first
  • the glass substrate 100a is in contact with the salt powder or oxide powder having the first metal cation (the first metal cation such as Na + ion), and the second metal cation (
  • a substitution reaction occurs with the first metal cation (for example, Li + ion) and the first metal cation (for example, Na + ion) to form the first light-transmitting part 10 that is less likely to crystallize than the connecting part 50b
  • the second metal cation of the second part 30a is (for example, Li + ions) and the first metal cations (for example, Na + ions) undergo a substitution reaction to form the second light-transmitting portion 30 that is less likely to crystallize than the connecting portion 50b.
  • no substitution reaction occurs with the first metal
  • the method further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
  • the light blocking part 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light transmitting part 10 from entering the second light transmitting part 30.
  • Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
  • step S704 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S704 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S704 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • step S704 please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
  • the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
  • the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of this embodiment may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned third embodiment, or may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned fourth embodiment.
  • first glass substrate 100a in the third embodiment and the fourth embodiment please refer to the detailed description of the first glass substrate 100a in the third embodiment and the fourth embodiment, which will not be described again here.
  • the temperature during ion replacement is above the crystallization temperature (Te) of the second metal cation oxide and below the crystallization temperature (Te1 or Te2) of the first metal cation oxide. Therefore, when the first glass substrate 100a When the first metal cation is replaced by a second metal cation, the oxide of the second metal cation formed will then crystallize, thereby crystallizing without the need for a heat treatment step, thereby simplifying the process of preparing the glass cover 100 , reducing production costs.
  • the temperature of ion exchange and crystallization cannot be too low.
  • the connection part 50b, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will not crystallize, or only the surface The layer crystallizes, and the crystallization depth is not enough, so that the crystallinity of the middle part of the light-blocking part 50 is not enough, and it cannot have a good anti-light channeling effect;
  • the temperature of ion exchange and crystallization is too high, the first light transmission The part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will also undergo partial crystallization, so that the obtained light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too low, and the light passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30.
  • the loss in the light-transmitting part 30 is too large, and the detection accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 are reduced.
  • the ion exchange and crystallization temperature of the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, 520°C to 650°C.
  • the ion exchange temperature of the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, 520°C, 530°C, 540°C, 550°C, 560°C, 570°C, 580°C, 590°C, 600°C, 610°C, 620°C °C, 630°C, 640°C, 650°C, etc.
  • the ion exchange and crystallization time of the first glass substrate 100a may be 0.5h to 48h.
  • the time of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 0.5h, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 8h, 10h, 13h, 16h, 20h, 22h, 24h, 27h, 30h, 33h, 35h, 38h, 40h, 43h, 45h, 48h, etc. If the time for ion exchange and crystallization is too short, a small proportion of ion exchange will occur, and it will be difficult for the oxide of the second metal cation to fully crystallize.
  • the final degree of crystallization of the light blocking portion 50 will be too small, and it will not be able to play a very good role.
  • the effect of preventing light channeling; or the final crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too large, which affects the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . If the time for ion exchange and crystallization is too long, production efficiency will be affected.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the first portion 10a that crystallizes on the surface protruding from opposite sides.
  • the portion of the connecting portion 50b is removed to obtain the first light-transmitting portion 10
  • the portions of the second portion 30a with crystallization on the surface protruding from the connecting portion 50b on both sides are removed to obtain the second light-transmitting portion 30.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: connecting the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 A protective layer 100' is formed on the surface. After step S802, the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
  • the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
  • the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of this embodiment may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned fifth embodiment, or may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned sixth embodiment.
  • first glass substrate 100a in the fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment please refer to the detailed description of the first glass substrate 100a in the fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment, which will not be described again here.
  • Te is the The crystallization temperature of the light-blocking part 50 (that is, the crystallization temperature of the connection part 50a)
  • Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10
  • Te2 is the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part 30, and Te ⁇ Te1, Te ⁇ Te2.
  • the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a first metal cation,
  • Te to Te1 or Te to Te2 the temperature is above the crystallization temperature (Te) of the second metal cation oxide and is above the crystallization temperature (Te1 or Te2) of the first metal cation oxide.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the third portion 50a that protrudes from the first portion on opposite sides. 10a and the second part 30a to obtain the connecting part 50b.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: forming a protective layer 100' on the surface of the connection part 50b. After step S802', the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a housing 300, which includes: a housing body 310, and the glass cover 100 of the embodiment of the present application or the glass cover 100 prepared by the method of the present application.
  • the housing body 310 is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover 100 and connected with the glass cover 100 .
  • the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are separate structures, and the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are connected together by adhesion, welding, splicing, etc.
  • the housing body 310 and the glass cover 100 are an integral structure.
  • a shell base material is provided, and ion exchange and heat treatment are performed on the portion of the shell base material corresponding to the cover plate 100 to form a shell 300 in which the shell body 310 and the glass cover plate 100 are an integrated structure.
  • the housing 300 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a bottom cover 330 , and the bottom cover 330 is at least disposed on the surface of the housing body 310 .
  • the cover layer 330 is disposed on a surface of the housing body 310 that is parallel to the extending direction of the first surface 511 and the second surface 513 . In other embodiments, the cover layer 330 is disposed on all surfaces of the housing body 310 . In some embodiments, the cover layer 330 is also disposed on the surface of the light blocking portion 50 .
  • the cover bottom layer 330 can be obtained by photo-curing or heat-curing ink with at least one of light-reflecting and light-absorbing effects.
  • the cover bottom layer 330 is obtained by photo-curing or heat-curing black ink or white ink.
  • the bottom cover layer 330 is used to shield the electronic components inside the electronic device 400, so that the electronic device 400 has a better appearance.
  • the housing body 310 may be, but is not limited to, a back cover of a smart watch, a back cover of a smart bracelet, a housing for a detection component of a blood oxygen monitor, a housing for a detection component of a heart rate detector, or a detection component of a pulse detector.
  • the housing 300 in this embodiment is only a form of the housing 300 applied to the glass cover 100, and should not be understood as limiting the housing 300 provided in this application, nor should it be understood as limiting the scope of this application.
  • Various embodiments provide limitations for the glass cover 100 .
  • the glass cover 100 and the housing 300 according to the embodiment of the present application will be further described below through specific examples.
  • the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a.
  • the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart.
  • the third part 50a is located at the third part.
  • the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation Na + ; Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
  • step 2) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step area (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the remaining glass pieces are Li-Al-Si glass and Na -A second glass substrate 100b in which Al-Si glass is alternately arranged.
  • Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass;
  • the second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours. After heat treatment, the Li-Al-Si glass area crystallizes and the optical transmittance decreases, while the Na-Al-Si glass with a higher crystallization temperature hardly crystallizes and still maintains a high transmittance. In this way, a light-transmitting-light-impermeable-light-transmitting structure is formed.
  • the opaque area can isolate the crosstalk light conducted inside the PPG window to prevent the crosstalk light from being received by the photosensitive chip and interfering with normal optical signals.
  • the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a third part 50a, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart It is provided that the third part 50a is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30;
  • the material of the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25 Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ;
  • the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ; the Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
  • the protective layer 100' is a SiO 2 thin film.
  • the SiO 2 film can block ion exchange inside and outside the glass;
  • the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • first glass substrate 100a Provides a first glass substrate 100a;
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between one part 10a and the second part 30a; both opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and both opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a;
  • first glass The material of the substrate 100a is Li-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ;
  • the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation Li + ; Li + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
  • the first glass substrate 100a Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten NaNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath.
  • Li + ions inside the glass piece exchange with Na + ions outside.
  • the time in the salt bath is 4 hours.
  • the glass here is mainly Na-Al-Si glass.
  • Na + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (third part 50a), where the glass is still dominated by Li-Al-Si glass, and finally the first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10.
  • the second part 30a forms the second light-transmitting part 30;
  • the second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours. After heat treatment, the Li-Al-Si glass area crystallizes and the optical transmittance decreases, while the Na-Al-Si glass with a higher crystallization temperature hardly crystallizes and still maintains a high transmittance. In this way, a light-transmitting-light-impermeable-light-transmitting structure is formed.
  • the opaque area can isolate the crosstalk light conducted inside the PPG window to prevent the crosstalk light from being received by the photosensitive chip and interfering with normal optical signals.
  • the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, four second parts 30a and four third parts 50a.
  • the four second parts 30a are arranged at intervals, each third part 50a is arranged around the outer periphery of a second part 30a and is connected to the second part 30a, one third part 50a corresponds to one second part 30a, and the first part 10a surrounds each third part 50a
  • the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a are of an integrated structure; both opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and both opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude.
  • the third part 50a (in other words, the opposite sides of the third part 50a are recessed from the first part 10a and the second part 30a);
  • the material of the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, Na-Al-
  • the molar composition of Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ;
  • the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ;
  • the Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
  • the first glass substrate 100a Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten LiNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath.
  • the time of the salt bath is 4 hours; at this time, when the diffusion depth of Li + ions in the thinner area (the third part 50a) is completely or mostly penetrated
  • the third part 50a is mainly made of Li-Al-Si glass. Li + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the glass here is still dominated by Na-Al-Si glass;
  • step 2) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step area (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the remaining glass pieces are Li-Al-Si glass and Na -A second glass substrate 100b in which Al-Si glass is alternately arranged.
  • Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass;
  • the second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours to obtain a glass cover 100.
  • the glass cover 100 includes a first light-transmitting part 10, four The second light-transmitting part 30 and four light-blocking parts 50 are arranged at intervals.
  • Each light-blocking part 50 surrounds the outer periphery of a second light-transmitting part 30 and is connected to the second light-transmitting part 30 It is provided that one light-blocking part 50 corresponds to one second light-transmitting part 30 , and the first light-transmitting part 10 is arranged around each light-blocking part 50 .
  • the glass cover 100 obtained in this embodiment can prevent crosstalk, increase the area of the light-transmitting window corresponding to the light source and the chip, reduce light intensity loss, and reduce power consumption.
  • the light blocking portion 50 is designed as a narrow annular structure, thereby increasing the light transmission area of the entire PPG window, thereby increasing the proportion of effective signal light power, improving light efficiency, and reducing light source power consumption.
  • the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a.
  • the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart.
  • the third part 50a is located at the third part.
  • the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ; Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
  • Li + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the glass here is still dominated by Na-Al-Si glass; because the salt bath temperature is between Li-Al- Crystallization temperature of Si glass, therefore, the generated Li-Al-Si glass will crystallize;
  • step 2) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step areas (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and form a light-transmitting-light-opaque-light-transmitting structure.
  • the housing 300 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
  • the preparation method of this embodiment is the same as that of Embodiment 4.
  • the difference is that the first glass substrate 100a also includes a shell substrate.
  • the shell substrate finally forms the shell body.
  • the manufactured shell includes a glass cover 100
  • the housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the cover glass, and the glass cover plate 100 and the housing body form an integrated structure.
  • the crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 of the glass cover 100 prepared by the method of the present application is much higher than that of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30
  • the crystallinity is such that the light blocking portion 50 has a good anti-broadcasting effect.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an electronic device 400, which includes: the glass cover 100, the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the light emitter 410 is disposed on one side of the glass cover 100 and is disposed close to the first light transmitting part 10 for emitting light to the first light transmitting part 10; the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 are disposed on the same side of the glass cover 100.
  • the second light-transmitting part 30 is disposed sideways and close to the second light-transmitting part 30 for receiving light that passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the placement of the light emitter 410 close to the first light-transmitting part 10 in this application can be understood to mean that the light-emitting emitter 410 is provided corresponding to the first light-transmitting part 10; in other words, it can be understood that the light emitted from the light emitter 410 irradiates the first light-transmitting part 10. part 10 , and at least partially passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 .
  • the light receiver 430 is disposed close to the second light-transmitting part 30, which can be understood to mean that the light receiver 430 is disposed corresponding to the second light-transmitting part 30; in other words, it can be understood that the light receiver 430 can receive the light emitted from the light emitter 410. , and is reflected by the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 .
  • the side of the glass cover 100 of the electronic device 400 away from the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 is close to the human body (such as the wrist), and the light emitted by the light emitter 410 of the electronic device 400 passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and reaches After being reflected by the human skin, it passes through the second light-transmitting part 30 and is transmitted to the light receiver 430 for sensing.
  • the light beam for example, green light
  • the light beam will be transmitted to the light receiver 430 through transmission or reflection.
  • the intensity of the light detected by the light receiver 430 will decrease.
  • the reflection of light by the human body's skin, bones, meat, fat, etc. is a fixed value, while the capillaries, arteries and veins continue to increase and decrease with the pulse volume under the action of the heart.
  • the peripheral blood volume is the largest and the amount of light absorption is the largest, so the light intensity detected by the light receiver 430 is the smallest; on the contrary, when the heart relaxes, the light intensity detected by the light receiver 430 is the largest, thus causing the light receiver to The light intensity received by 430 then changes pulsatingly.
  • oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin in the blood have different absorption coefficients for light of specific wavelengths, so that the pulse can be detected based on the reflected light signal detected by the light receiver 430. , blood oxygen, etc. for testing.
  • the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 is emitted to the light-blocking part 50 (this part of the light may be called interference light)
  • the crystal particles (i.e., crystal grains) in the light-blocking part 50 have a scattering effect, an absorption effect, or an effect on the interference light.
  • At least one of the reflection effects greatly reduces the light transmittance of the light blocking part 50, thereby greatly attenuating the interference light passing through the light blocking part 50, entering the second light transmitting part 30 and being received by the light receiver 430, thereby improving the The signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal received by the optical receiver 430 is improved, so that the accuracy of the electronic device 400 in detecting pulse, heart rate, blood oxygen, etc. is greatly improved.
  • the electronic device 400 of this application includes, but is not limited to, wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.), blood oxygen monitors, heart rate detectors, pulse detectors, mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, electronic devices, etc. Readers, game consoles and other electronic devices with health detection functions 400.
  • wearable devices such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.
  • blood oxygen monitors such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.
  • heart rate detectors heart rate detectors, pulse detectors
  • mobile phones tablet computers, notebook computers, electronic devices, etc. Readers, game consoles and other electronic devices with health detection functions 400.
  • the light emitter 410 may be, but is not limited to, a light-emitting diode (Light-Emitting Diode, LED light), a micro-light-emitting diode (Micro LED light), or a sub-millimeter light-emitting diode light (mini LED light or mini LED light).
  • the light emitter 410 may include one or more of a red light emitting unit, a blue light emitting unit, a green light emitting unit, an infrared light emitting unit, and a white light emitting unit. In other words, the light emitter 410 can emit one or more of red light, blue light, green light, infrared light, white light, and any mixed colors therebetween.
  • the wavelength of the light emitted by the light emitter 410 can be controlled by controlling the light emission of each light emitting unit.
  • the number of light emitters 410 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the light emitter 410 can be caused to emit light of different wavelengths according to different detection items.
  • a light source with a wavelength of 525 nm can be used. Because oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin have a large absorption coefficient at 525 nm, using a light source with a wavelength of 525 nm can make the heart rate detection more accurate and better avoid errors.
  • Oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin have the greatest difference in absorption coefficients of light at 660nm wavelength, which is suitable for detecting blood oxygen concentration; however, when the pulse is beating, Human skin tissue will shrink or expand to a certain extent, which will introduce new optical path differences.
  • the optical path differences of 660nm and 940nm match well and can be approximately considered equal. When performing fitting calculations, the influence of the optical path difference can be directly eliminated through the ratio of the two.
  • the light receiver 430 may be, but is not limited to, a photodiode receiving sensor (Photo Diode, PD receiving sensor).
  • the number of light receivers 430 may be one or more, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. When the number of the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 is both one, the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 are spaced apart. When the number of light receivers 430 is multiple and the number of light emitters 410 is one, the plurality of light receivers 430 are arranged at intervals and around the light emitter 410 . When there are multiple light receivers 430 and light emitters 410, the light receivers 430 and the light emitters 410 are arranged alternately.
  • a plurality of light receivers 430 are uniformly or symmetrically arranged around the light emitter 410 . In other embodiments, the plurality of light receivers 430 are non-uniformly disposed around the light emitter 410 .
  • the number of light receivers 430 is multiple, after the light emitted by the light emitter 410 is reflected and injected into the light receiver 430, more light can be received by the light receiver 430, which can reduce the error that can be detected by the electronic device 400. , improve the accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 detection.
  • the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a processor 450 and a memory 470.
  • the processor 450 is electrically connected to the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 respectively, and is used to control the light emitter 410 to emit light, and control the light receiver 430 to receive light that passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part 30
  • the target object's blood pressure, blood oxygen, pulse and other data are obtained according to the light emitted by the light emitter 410 and the light received by the light receiver 430
  • the memory 470 is electrically connected to the processor 450 and is used to store the requirements for the operation of the processor 450 Program code, program code required to control the operation of the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430, etc.
  • the processor 450 includes one or more general-purpose processors 450, where the general-purpose processor 450 can be any type of device capable of processing electronic instructions, including a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a microprocessor , microcontrollers, main processors, controllers, ASICs, etc.
  • the processor 450 is used to execute various types of digital storage instructions, such as software or firmware programs stored in the memory 470, which can enable the computing device to provide a wide variety of services.
  • the memory 470 may include volatile memory (Volatile Memory), such as random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM); the memory 470 may also include non-volatile memory (Non-Volatile Memory, NVM), such as Read-Only Memory (ROM), Flash Memory (FM), Hard Disk Drive (HDD) or Solid-State Drive (SSD). Memory 470 may also include a combination of the types of memory described above.
  • volatile memory such as random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM
  • NVM non-volatile Memory
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • FM Flash Memory
  • HDD Hard Disk Drive
  • SSD Solid-State Drive
  • Memory 470 may also include a combination of the types of memory described above.
  • the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application also includes a display component 420.
  • the display component 420 is spaced apart from the glass cover 100, and the emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 are located at a distance from the glass cover 100. between the display assembly 420 and the glass cover 100 .
  • the display component 420 is electrically connected to the processor 450 and is used for display under the control of the processor 450 .
  • the memory 470 is also used to store the program code required to control the operation of the display component 420, the display content of the display component 420, and the like.
  • the display component 420 may be, but is not limited to, a liquid crystal display component, a light emitting diode display component (LED display component), a micro light emitting diode display component (Micro LED display component), a sub-millimeter light emitting diode display component (Mini LED display component). ), one or more of organic light-emitting diode display components (OLED display components), etc.
  • LED display component light emitting diode display component
  • Micro LED display component micro light emitting diode display component
  • Mini LED display component sub-millimeter light emitting diode display component
  • OLED display components organic light-emitting diode display components
  • the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a housing body 310 , which is disposed around the outer periphery of the glass cover 100 and connected with the glass cover 100 .
  • the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are separate structures, and the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are connected together by adhesion, welding, splicing, etc.
  • the housing body 310 and the glass cover 100 are an integral structure.
  • the electronic device 400 in the embodiment of the present application further includes: a wristband 440.
  • the wristband 440 is connected to the housing body 310 and is used to set the electronic device 400 on the body. on the target object (e.g. wrist).
  • the number of wristbands 440 may be one or two.
  • the opposite ends of the wristband 440 are respectively connected to the opposite ends of the housing body 310, so that the wristband 440 and the housing body 310 form a wearing groove 441 for being put on the target object.
  • the two wrist straps 440 are connected to the opposite ends of the housing body 310, and the ends of the two wrist straps 440 away from the housing body 310 are buckled together so that the wrist straps 440 are connected to the housing.
  • the main body 310 forms a wearing groove 441 for being placed on the target object.
  • the electronic device 400 in this embodiment is only a form of the electronic device 400 to which the glass cover 100 is applied. It should not be understood as limiting the electronic device 400 provided in this application, nor should it be understood as limiting the scope of this application. Various embodiments provide limitations for the glass cover 100 .
  • references in this application to "embodiments” and “implementations” mean that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the application.
  • the appearances of phrases in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It will be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
  • the features, structures or characteristics described in the embodiments of the present application can be arbitrarily combined to form another one without departing from the spirit and scope of the technical solution of the present application, provided there is no contradiction between them. embodiment.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Glass (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a glass cover plate and a preparation method therefor, a housing and an electronic device. The glass cover plate comprises: a first light-transmitting portion; a second light-transmitting portion, which is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting portion; and a light-blocking portion, which is located between the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion, and is configured to prevent light entering the first light-transmitting portion and light entering the second light-transmitting portion from passing through the light-blocking portion to generate light crosstalk, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion is greater than that of the first light-transmitting portion, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion is greater than that of the second light-transmitting portion. The glass cover plate has good mechanical strength, and the light-blocking portion thereof has good light crosstalk prevention performance.

Description

玻璃盖板及其制备方法、壳体及电子设备Glass cover plate and preparation method thereof, housing and electronic equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电子设备的技术领域,具体涉及一种玻璃盖板及其制备方法、壳体及电子设备。The present application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and specifically relates to a glass cover plate and a preparation method thereof, a housing and an electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
当前的健康检测设备例如心率检测设备、血氧检测设备等包括发光器和光接收器,发光器发射光线后,经过生命体反射后,进入光接收器,光接收器通过检测反射回来的光强度的变化来实现对生命体的健康监测。为了防止发光器发射的光线在经过玻璃盖板时直接进入光接收器造成窜光,通常在不透明的玻璃盖板开设一个或多个光学窗口,不透明玻璃盖板与窗口透光部之间材料不同,连接处结合性能较差。Current health detection equipment such as heart rate detection equipment, blood oxygen detection equipment, etc. include a light emitter and a light receiver. After the light emitter emits light, it enters the light receiver after being reflected by the living body. The light receiver detects the intensity of the reflected light. Changes to achieve health monitoring of living organisms. In order to prevent the light emitted by the emitter from directly entering the light receiver when passing through the glass cover and causing light channeling, one or more optical windows are usually opened in the opaque glass cover. The materials between the opaque glass cover and the light-transmitting part of the window are different. , the joint bonding performance is poor.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请第一方面实施例提供了一种玻璃盖板,其包括:The first embodiment of the present application provides a glass cover, which includes:
第一透光部;the first light-transmitting part;
第二透光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;以及a second light-transmitting part, the second light-transmitting part being spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part; and
挡光部,所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,其中,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。A light-blocking part, the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part from entering the The light from the second light-transmitting part passes through the light-blocking part to channel light, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than The crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
本申请第二方面实施例提供一种玻璃盖板的制备方法,其包括:A second embodiment of the present application provides a method for preparing a glass cover, which includes:
提供第一玻璃基材;以及providing a first glass substrate; and
对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,所述玻璃盖板包括第一透光部、第二透光部及挡光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。The first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain the glass cover plate. The glass cover plate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a light-blocking part. The second light-transmitting part The light-blocking portion is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting portion; the light-blocking portion is located between the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion, and the light-blocking portion is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting portion. The light in the light part and the light entering the second light-transmitting part pass through the light-blocking part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part The crystallinity of the light part is greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
本申请第三方面实施例提供了一种壳体,其包括:The third embodiment of the present application provides a housing, which includes:
本申请实施例所述的玻璃盖板或者本申请实施例所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;以及The glass cover plate described in the embodiments of this application or the glass cover plate produced by the method described in the embodiments of this application; and
壳体本体,所述壳体本体环绕所述玻璃盖板的外周缘设置,且与所述玻璃盖板连接。The housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover and is connected to the glass cover.
本申请第四方面实施例提供一种电子设备,其包括:A fourth embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes:
本申请实施例所述的玻璃盖板或本申请实施例所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;The glass cover plate described in the embodiments of this application or the glass cover plate produced by the method described in the embodiments of this application;
发光器,所述发光器设于所述玻璃盖板或所述壳体的一侧,靠近所述玻璃盖板中的所述第一透光部设置,用于向所述第一透光部出射光线;以及A light emitter, which is provided on one side of the glass cover or the housing, close to the first light-transmitting part of the glass cover, and is used to illuminate the first light-transmitting part. emerging ray; and
光接收器,所述光接收器与所述发光器设置于所述玻璃盖板或所述壳体的同一侧且靠近所述玻璃盖板中的所述第二透光部设置,用于接收所述光线中透过所述第一透光部且被反射入所述第二透光部的部分。A light receiver, the light receiver and the light emitter are arranged on the same side of the glass cover or the housing and close to the second light-transmitting part in the glass cover, for receiving The portion of the light that passes through the first light-transmitting part and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the drawings required to be used in the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without exerting creative efforts.
图1是本申请一实施例的玻璃盖板的结构示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请一实施例的玻璃盖板沿图1中O-O方向的剖视结构示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of a glass cover plate along the O-O direction in FIG. 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请又一实施例的玻璃盖板的结构示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to another embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请又一实施例的玻璃盖板的结构示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a glass cover plate according to another embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请第一实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the first embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请第一实施例的玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the first embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请第二实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the second embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请第二实施例玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the second embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请第三实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请第三实施例玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请第三实施例的第一玻璃基材的结构示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the first glass substrate according to the third embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请第四实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请第四实施例玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请第五实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the fifth embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请第五实施例玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the fifth embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请第六实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the sixth embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请第六实施例玻璃盖板的制备流程结构示意图。Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the preparation process of the glass cover plate according to the sixth embodiment of the present application.
图18是本申请第七实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 18 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover plate according to the seventh embodiment of the present application.
图19是本申请第八实施例的玻璃盖板的制备方法流程示意图。Figure 19 is a schematic flow chart of a method for preparing a glass cover according to the eighth embodiment of the present application.
图20是本申请一实施例的壳体的示意图。Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.
图21是本申请一实施例的壳体沿图20中A-A方向的剖视结构示意图。Figure 21 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the housing along the direction A-A in Figure 20 according to an embodiment of the present application.
图22是本申请实施例1的玻璃盖板制备流程的原理示意图。Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
图23是本申请实施例2的玻璃盖板制备流程的原理示意图。Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
图24是本申请实施例3的玻璃盖板制备流程的原理示意图。Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the principle of the glass cover plate preparation process in Example 3 of the present application.
图25是本申请实施例4的第一玻璃基材的结构示意图。Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the first glass substrate in Embodiment 4 of the present application.
图26是本申请图25的第一玻璃基材沿Q-Q方向的剖视结构示意图。Figure 26 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the first glass substrate in Figure 25 of the present application along the Q-Q direction.
图27是本申请实施例4制得的玻璃盖板的结构示意图。Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the glass cover produced in Example 4 of the present application.
图28是本申请图27的玻璃盖板沿Q-Q方向的剖视结构示意图。Figure 28 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the glass cover plate in Figure 27 of the present application along the Q-Q direction.
图29是本申请一实施例的电子设备的示意图。Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图30是本申请一实施例的电子设备沿图29中P-P方向的剖视结构示意图。FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application along the P-P direction in FIG. 29 .
图31是本申请一实施例的电子设备电路框图。Figure 31 is a circuit block diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图32是本申请又一实施例的电子设备的示意图。Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
图33是本申请又一实施例的电子设备电路框图。Figure 33 is a circuit block diagram of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
附图标记说明:Explanation of reference symbols:
100-玻璃盖板,10-第一透光部,30-第二透光部,50-挡光部,51-结晶颗粒,100a-第一玻璃基材,10a-第一部,30a-第二部,50a-第三部,100b-第二玻璃基材,50b-连接部,100’-保护层,300-壳体,310-壳体本体,311-收容腔,400-电子设备,410-发光器,420-显示组件,430-光接收器,440-腕带,441-穿戴槽,450-处理器,470-存储器。100-glass cover plate, 10-first light-transmitting part, 30-second light-transmitting part, 50-light-blocking part, 51-crystalline particles, 100a-first glass substrate, 10a-first part, 30a-th Part two, 50a-third part, 100b-second glass substrate, 50b-connection part, 100'-protective layer, 300-casing, 310-casing body, 311-accommodating cavity, 400-electronic equipment, 410 -Light emitter, 420-display component, 430-light receiver, 440-wristband, 441-wearing slot, 450-processor, 470-memory.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
第一方面,本申请提供一种玻璃盖板,其包括:In a first aspect, this application provides a glass cover plate, which includes:
第一透光部;the first light-transmitting part;
第二透光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;以及a second light-transmitting part, the second light-transmitting part being spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part; and
挡光部,所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,其中,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。A light-blocking part, the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part from entering the The light from the second light-transmitting part passes through the light-blocking part to channel light, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than The crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
其中,所述玻璃盖板满足关系式:Wherein, the glass cover plate satisfies the relational expression:
40%≤R-R1≤90%;以及40%≤R-R1≤90%; and
40%≤R-R2≤90%;40%≤R-R2≤90%;
其中,R为所述挡光部的结晶度,R1为所述第一透光部的结晶度,R2为所述第二透光部的结晶度。Wherein, R is the crystallinity of the light-blocking part, R1 is the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and R2 is the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
其中,所述挡光部具有结晶颗粒,所述结晶颗粒的粒径d的范围为1μm≤d≤200μm,或者为2μm≤d≤50μm。Wherein, the light-blocking part has crystal particles, and the particle size d of the crystal particles ranges from 1 μm ≤ d ≤ 200 μm, or from 2 μm ≤ d ≤ 50 μm.
其中,所述第一透光部、所述挡光部及所述第二透光部为一体结构;所述第一透光部的组分、所述挡光部的组分以及所述第二透光部的组分具有相同的化学通式。Wherein, the first light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part and the second light-transmitting part are an integral structure; the components of the first light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part and the third light-transmitting part The components of the two light-transmitting parts have the same general chemical formula.
其中,所述第一透光部包括第一金属阳离子,所述第二透光部包括第一金属阳离子,所述挡光部包括第二金属阳离子,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。Wherein, the first light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation, the second light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation, the light-blocking part includes a second metal cation, the first metal cation and the second metal cation are The elements of the metal cations are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
其中,所述第一金属阳离子包括锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子、银离子、镁离子、铝离子、钙离子、锶离子、钡离子、钇离子、锌离子、铜离子、金离子中的至少一种;所述第二金属阳离子包括锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子、银离子、镁离子、铝离子、钙离子、锶离子、钡离子、钇离子、锌离子、铜离子、金离子中的至少一种。Wherein, the first metal cations include lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, copper ions , at least one of gold ions; the second metal cation includes lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions At least one of ions, zinc ions, copper ions, and gold ions.
其中,在300nm至1500nm的波段范围内,所述第一透光部的透光率T1的范围为T1≥20%,所述第二透光部的透光率T2的范围为T2≥20%,所述挡光部的透光率T的范围为T≤80%×T1且T≤80%×T2。Wherein, in the wavelength range of 300nm to 1500nm, the range of the light transmittance T1 of the first light-transmitting part is T1 ≥ 20%, and the range of the light transmittance T2 of the second light-transmitting part is T2 ≥ 20% , the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part is T≤80%×T1 and T≤80%×T2.
其中,所述第一透光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种;所述第二透光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种;所述挡光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃中、铝酸盐玻璃的至少一种。Wherein, the first light-transmitting part is at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass; and the second light-transmitting part is The light part is at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass; the light blocking part is silicate glass, aluminum At least one of silicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass and aluminate glass.
第二方面,本申请提供一种玻璃盖板的制备方法,其包括:In a second aspect, this application provides a method for preparing a glass cover, which includes:
提供第一玻璃基材;以及providing a first glass substrate; and
对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到玻璃盖板,所述玻璃盖板包括第一透光部、第二透光部及挡光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。The first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain a glass cover plate. The glass cover plate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a light-blocking part. The second light-transmitting part and The first light-transmitting parts are arranged at intervals; the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting part. The light rays entering the second light-transmitting part pass through the light-blocking part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part The crystallinity is greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
其中,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,包括:Wherein, the ion exchange and crystallization of the first glass substrate to obtain the glass cover plate includes:
对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材,所述第二玻璃基材包括第一透光部、第二透光部及连接部,所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部间隔设置;所述连接部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间;以及Perform ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate. The second glass substrate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a connecting part. The first light-transmitting part The connection part is spaced apart from the second light-transmitting part; the connecting part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part; and
对所述第二玻璃基材进行热处理,以使所述连接部进行结晶形成挡光部,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度且大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。The second glass base material is heat-treated to crystallize the connecting portion to form a light-blocking portion, the light-blocking portion being used to prevent light entering the first light-transmitting portion from entering the second light-transmitting portion. Part of the light passes through the light-blocking part to cause light channeling, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及第三部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;所述第一部的相背两侧均凸出于所述第三部,且所述第二部的相背两侧均凸出所述第三部;Wherein, the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a third part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the third part is located between the first part and the Between the second parts; the opposite sides of the first part protrude from the third part, and the opposite sides of the second part protrude from the third part;
所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
对所述第一玻璃基材进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部、第二部及第三部的表面均发生阳离子交换,并使所述第三部形成所述连接部;以及Perform cation exchange on the first glass substrate, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part, the second part and the third part, and the third part forms the connection part; and
去除所述第一部相背两侧凸出于所述连接部的部分以得到所述第一透光部,去除所述第二部相背两侧凸出于所述连接部的部分以得到所述第二透光部,以得到第二玻璃基材。Remove the portions of the first portion that protrude from the connecting portion on opposite sides to obtain the first light-transmitting portion, and remove the portions of the second portion that protrude from the connecting portion on opposite sides to obtain The second light-transmitting part is used to obtain a second glass substrate.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一透光部、第二透光部及第三部,所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间;Wherein, the first glass base material includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a third part, the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part are spaced apart, and the third part is located at between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part;
所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
在所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部的表面形成保护层;以及Form a protective layer on the surfaces of the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part; and
对所述第三部进行阳离子交换,以使所述第三部形成所述连接部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The third part is subjected to cation exchange so that the third part forms the connecting part to obtain a second glass substrate.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一金属阳离子,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材,包括:Wherein, the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation, and performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
将所述第一玻璃基材置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将所述第一玻璃基材与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度300℃至900℃下使所述第一玻璃基材中的至少部分第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,得到所述第二玻璃基材,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。The first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature A displacement reaction occurs between at least part of the first metal cations and the second metal cations in the first glass substrate at 300°C to 900°C to obtain the second glass substrate, where the first metal cations and the second metal cations are The elements of the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及第三部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;所述第三部的相背两侧均凸出于所述第一部,且所述第三部的相背两侧均凸出所述第二部;Wherein, the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a third part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the third part is located between the first part and the Between the second parts; the opposite sides of the third part protrude from the first part, and the opposite sides of the third part protrude from the second part;
所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
对所述第一玻璃基材进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部、第二部及所述第三部的表面均发生阳离子交换,使所述第一部形成所述第一透光部,所述第二部形成所述第二透光部;以及Cation exchange is performed on the first glass substrate, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part, the second part and the third part, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part , the second part forms the second light-transmitting part; and
去除所述第三部相背两侧凸出于所述第一透光部及所述第二透光部的部分,以得到所述连接部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The portions of the third portion protruding from the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion on opposite sides are removed to obtain the connecting portion and a second glass substrate.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及连接部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述连接部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;Wherein, the first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a connecting part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the connecting part is located between the first part and the second part. between departments;
所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
在所述连接部的表面形成保护层;以及Form a protective layer on the surface of the connecting portion; and
对所述第一部及所述第二部进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部形成所述第一透光部,所述第二部形成所述第二透光部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The first part and the second part are subjected to cation exchange, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part, and the second part forms the second light-transmitting part, so as to obtain the second Glass substrate.
其中,所述对所述第二玻璃基材进行热处理,以使所述连接部进行结晶形成挡光部,包括:Wherein, the heat treatment of the second glass substrate to crystallize the connection portion to form a light-blocking portion includes:
于温度Te至Te1下进行热处理,以使所述连接部发生结晶形成挡光部,其中,Te为所述连接部的析晶温度,Te1为所述第一透光部的析晶温度,Te2为所述第二透光部的析晶温度,且Te<Te1=Te2。Heat treatment is performed at temperatures Te to Te1 to cause the connection portion to crystallize to form a light-blocking portion, where Te is the crystallization temperature of the connection portion, Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting portion, and Te2 is the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part, and Te<Te1=Te2.
其中,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一金属阳离子,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,包括:Wherein, the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation, and performing ion exchange and crystallization on the first glass substrate to obtain the glass cover includes:
将所述第一玻璃基材置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将所述第一玻璃基材与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度Te至Te1或Te至Te2下使第一玻璃基材中的至少 部分第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,并发生结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,其中,Te为所述挡光部的析晶温度,Te1为所述第一透光部的析晶温度,所述第二透光部的析晶温度为Te2,且Te<Te1,Te<Te2;其中,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。The first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, at least part of the first metal cations in the first glass substrate are replaced with the second metal cations and crystallized to obtain the glass cover plate, where Te is the The crystallization temperature of the light-blocking part, Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part, the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part is Te2, and Te<Te1, Te<Te2; wherein, the The elements of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
第三方面本申请提供一种壳体,其包括:In a third aspect, this application provides a housing, which includes:
本申请第二方面所述的玻璃盖板或者本申请第二方面所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;以及The glass cover plate described in the second aspect of this application or the glass cover plate produced by the method described in the second aspect of this application; and
壳体本体,所述壳体本体环绕所述玻璃盖板的外周缘设置,且与所述玻璃盖板连接。The housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover and is connected to the glass cover.
第四方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,其包括:In a fourth aspect, this application provides an electronic device, which includes:
本申请第二方面所述的玻璃盖板或者本申请第二方面所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;The glass cover plate described in the second aspect of this application or the glass cover plate produced by the method described in the second aspect of this application;
发光器,所述发光器设于所述玻璃盖板,靠近所述玻璃盖板中的第一透光部设置,用于向所述第一透光部出射光线;以及A light emitter, the light emitter is provided on the glass cover plate and is disposed close to the first light-transmitting part in the glass cover plate, and is used for emitting light to the first light-transmitting part; and
光接收器,所述光接收器与所述发光器设置于所述玻璃盖板的同一侧且靠近所述玻璃盖板中的第二透光部设置,用于接收所述光线中透过所述第一透光部且被反射入所述第二透光部的部分。A light receiver, the light receiver and the light emitter are arranged on the same side of the glass cover and close to the second light-transmitting part in the glass cover, for receiving all the light transmitted through it. The first light-transmitting part is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
其中,所述电子设备还包括处理器,所述处理器分别与所述发光器及所述光接收器电连接,所述处理器用于控制所述发光器出射所述光线,并控制所述光接收器接收所述光线中透过所述第一透光部且被反射入所述第二透光部的部分。Wherein, the electronic device further includes a processor, the processor is electrically connected to the light emitter and the light receiver respectively, the processor is used to control the light emitter to emit the light, and control the light The receiver receives the portion of the light that passes through the first light-transmitting part and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本申请方案,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。In order to enable those in the technical field to better understand the solutions of the present application, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only These are part of the embodiments of this application, but not all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其他步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than describing a specific sequence. Furthermore, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes steps or units that are not listed, or optionally also includes Other steps or units inherent to such processes, methods, products or devices.
需要说明的是,为便于说明,在本申请的实施例中,相同的附图标记表示相同的部件,并且为了简洁,在不同实施例中,省略对相同部件的详细说明。It should be noted that, for convenience of description, in the embodiments of the present application, the same reference numerals represent the same components, and for the sake of simplicity, detailed descriptions of the same components in different embodiments are omitted.
光电容积脉搏波描记法(Photo Plethysmo Graphic,PPG)以发光二极管光源(LED光源)和光接收器为基础,LED发射光线,例如绿光,穿过皮肤中的组织和动脉静脉,并被吸收和反射回到光电二极管PD中。像肌肉、骨骼、静脉和其他组织等对光的吸收是基本不变的,但是动脉里的血液是流动的,对光的吸收自然也有所变化。当我们把光转换成电信号,正是由于动脉对光的吸收有变化而其他组织光的吸收基本不变,得到的信号就可以分为直流信号和交流信号。提取其中的交流信号,就能反应出血液流动的特点,从而可以实现对血氧、心率、脉搏等的检测。Photoplethysmography (Photo Plethysmo Graphic, PPG) is based on a light-emitting diode light source (LED light source) and a light receiver. The LED emits light, such as green light, which passes through the tissues and arteries and veins in the skin and is absorbed and reflected Back to the photodiode PD. The absorption of light by muscles, bones, veins and other tissues is basically unchanged, but the blood in the arteries flows, and the absorption of light naturally changes. When we convert light into electrical signals, it is precisely because the absorption of light by arteries changes and the absorption of light by other tissues remains basically unchanged, that the resulting signals can be divided into DC signals and AC signals. Extracting the AC signals can reflect the characteristics of blood flow, thereby enabling the detection of blood oxygen, heart rate, pulse, etc.
当前光电容积脉搏波描记法常应用于便携式健康检测设备例如智能手表、智能手环等,以便能实时对生命体例如人体的健康状况进行检测,在出现异常时,及时报警。因此,便携式健康检测设备检测的准确率尤为重要。Currently, photoplethysmography is often used in portable health detection equipment such as smart watches and smart bracelets to detect the health status of living entities such as the human body in real time and provide timely alarms when abnormalities occur. Therefore, the detection accuracy of portable health testing equipment is particularly important.
为了尽可能避免光线在传输过程中的损耗,同时防止发光器出射的光线穿过玻璃盖板未经生命体的反射就进入光接收器,对检测结果造成干扰,健康检测设备的玻璃盖板上对应发光器和光接收器的位置会设计为透明或透光的,其它部位为不透光的。因此,玻璃盖板的形成通常是在不透光的基材上开设一个或多个通孔,在通孔内设置透明部件形成,透明部件需要通过粘合等方式固定于不透光的玻璃盖板上,使得玻璃盖板的一体性效果较差,且形成的玻璃盖板的力学性能较差,受到外力、摩擦或经过一段时间使用后,玻璃盖板各零部件之间容易脱落,影响玻璃盖板的使用寿命。此外,还可以采用双色注塑以形成具有透光部及不透光部的玻璃盖板,虽然形成的玻璃盖板一体性好,但是,该方法通常应用于热塑性树脂,形成的玻璃盖板耐磨性差,使用一段时间后,透光部容易被刮花,影响检测结果的准确性。In order to avoid the loss of light during the transmission process as much as possible, and to prevent the light emitted from the emitter from passing through the glass cover and entering the light receiver without being reflected by the living body, causing interference to the detection results, the glass cover of the health detection equipment is The positions corresponding to the emitter and light receiver will be designed to be transparent or light-transmitting, while other parts will be opaque. Therefore, the glass cover is usually formed by opening one or more through holes in an opaque base material, and placing transparent components in the through holes. The transparent components need to be fixed to the opaque glass cover through adhesion or other methods. On the board, the integration effect of the glass cover is poor, and the mechanical properties of the formed glass cover are poor. When subjected to external force, friction or after a period of use, the components of the glass cover are easy to fall off, affecting the glass. The service life of the cover. In addition, two-color injection molding can also be used to form a glass cover plate with a light-transmitting part and an opaque part. Although the formed glass cover plate has good integrity, this method is usually applied to thermoplastic resin, and the formed glass cover plate is wear-resistant. The light-transmitting part is easily scratched after being used for a period of time, which affects the accuracy of the test results.
请参见图1及图2,本申请实施例提供一种玻璃盖板100,其包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30以及挡光部50。第二透光部30与第一透光部10间隔设置;挡光部50位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,其中,挡光部50的结晶度R大于第一透光部10的结晶度R1,且大于挡光部50的结晶度R第二透光部30的结晶度R2。Referring to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , an embodiment of the present application provides a glass cover 100 , which includes a first light-transmitting part 10 , a second light-transmitting part 30 and a light-blocking part 50 . The second light-transmitting part 30 is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10; the light-blocking part 50 is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, and the light-blocking part 50 is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting part The light rays 10 and the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 pass through the light-blocking part 50 , and the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the light-blocking part 50 . The crystallinity R of 50 is the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
挡光部50位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间,可以理解地,挡光部50只要至少部分处于第一透光部10及第二透光部30之间即可,此外,挡光部50还可以延伸到第一透光部10及第二透光部30的其它位置;挡光部50可以与第一透光部10及第二透光部30连接;挡光部50也可以分别与第一透光部10及第二透光部30间隔设置,再通过其它部分连接。The light blocking portion 50 is located between the first light transmitting portion 10 and the second light transmitting portion 30 . It can be understood that the light blocking portion 50 only needs to be at least partially located between the first light transmitting portion 10 and the second light transmitting portion 30 . , in addition, the light-blocking part 50 can also extend to other positions of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; the light-blocking part 50 can be connected with the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; The light part 50 may also be spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 respectively, and then be connected through other parts.
可选地,挡光部50环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。换言之,当第一透光部10和第二透光部30均为一个时,挡光部50可以环绕第一透光部10、或环绕第二透光部30、或环绕第 一透光部10且环绕第二透光部30设置。当第一透光部10和第二透光部30均为多个时,挡光部50可以环绕多个第一透光部10、多个第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。当第一透光部10为一个,第二透光部30为多个时,挡光部50可以环绕第一透光部10、多个第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。在其它实施例中,挡光部50也可以不环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30,而是设置于第一透光部10和第二透光部30之间。相较于挡光部50设置于第一透光部10和第二透光部30之间而言,挡光部50环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置可以具有更好的挡光效果。可选地,第一透光部10的数量可以但不限于为1个、2个、3个、4个、5个等,具体数量本申请不作具体限定。可选地,第二透光部30的数量可以但不限于为1个、2个、3个、4个、5个等,具体数量本申请不作具体限定。可选地,挡光部50的数量可以但不限于为1个、2个、3个、4个、5个等,具体数量本申请不作具体限定。第二透光部30的数量与第一透光部10的数量可以相同,也可以不同,本申请不作具体限定。可选地,第一透光部10和第二透光部30均匀分布于玻璃盖板100。图1仅仅为第一透光部10、第二透光部30及挡光部50的一种排列方式,不应理解为对本申请各实施例的玻璃盖板100的限制。Optionally, the light blocking portion 50 is arranged around one or more of the first light transmitting portion 10 or the second light transmitting portion 30 . In other words, when the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are both one, the light-blocking part 50 may surround the first light-transmitting part 10 , or surround the second light-transmitting part 30 , or surround the first light-transmitting part. 10 and is arranged around the second light-transmitting part 30 . When there are a plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and a plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 , the light-blocking part 50 may be arranged around one or more of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 . When there is one first light-transmitting part 10 and multiple second light-transmitting parts 30 , the light-blocking part 50 may be provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 . In other embodiments, the light-blocking part 50 may not surround the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 , but may be disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . Compared with the light blocking part 50 being disposed between the first light transmitting part 10 and the second light transmitting part 30 , the light blocking part 50 surrounds one or more of the first light transmitting part 10 or the second light transmitting part 30 This setting can have better light blocking effect. Optionally, the number of the first light-transmitting parts 10 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application. Optionally, the number of the second light-transmitting parts 30 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application. Optionally, the number of light blocking portions 50 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application. The number of the second light-transmitting parts 30 and the number of the first light-transmitting parts 10 may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited in this application. Optionally, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are evenly distributed on the glass cover 100 . FIG. 1 is only an arrangement of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50 , and should not be understood as limiting the glass cover 100 in each embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100可以应用于但不限于应用于可穿戴设备(例如智能眼镜、智能手表、智能手环等)、血氧监测仪、心率检测仪、脉搏检测仪、手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、电子阅读器、游戏机等带有健康检测功能的电子设备400(如图29、图30及图32所示)。本申请的玻璃盖板100可以作为电子设备400的壳体300(如图20所示),例如可以为不限于为智能手表的后盖、智能手环的后盖、血氧监测仪的检测部件的外壳、心率检测仪的检测部件的外壳、脉搏检测仪的检测部件的外壳等。此外,本申请的玻璃盖板100还可以作为电子设备400的壳体300的一部分,设置于壳体300上,作为电子设备400检测模组(如发光器及光接收器)的视窗。The glass cover 100 of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to, but is not limited to, wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.), blood oxygen monitors, heart rate detectors, pulse detectors, mobile phones, and tablets. Computers, laptops, e-readers, game consoles and other electronic devices 400 with health detection functions (as shown in Figures 29, 30 and 32). The glass cover 100 of the present application can be used as the housing 300 of the electronic device 400 (as shown in FIG. 20 ), and can be, for example, but not limited to, the back cover of a smart watch, the back cover of a smart bracelet, or a detection component of a blood oxygen monitor. The casing, the casing of the detection component of the heart rate detector, the casing of the detection component of the pulse detector, etc. In addition, the glass cover 100 of the present application can also be used as a part of the casing 300 of the electronic device 400, disposed on the casing 300, and used as a window for the detection module (such as a light emitter and a light receiver) of the electronic device 400.
本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30以及挡光部50。挡光部50位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间,挡光部50的结晶度R大于第一透光部10的结晶度R1且大于第二透光部30的结晶度R2。由此使得进入第一透光部10或第二透光部30的光线中射向挡光部50的窜扰光在经过挡光部50时,被挡光部50内的结晶颗粒进行散射、反射或吸收,从而使得穿过挡光部50的窜扰光线大大衰减,防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光。由此,当玻璃盖板100应用于具有健康检测功能的电子设备400时,可以提高光信号的信噪比,从而提高健康检测的准确率。此外,本申请的玻璃盖板100可以采用整块玻璃基材,通过离子交换及结晶,以使得到的玻璃盖板100的第一透光部10、第二透光部30及挡光部50为一体成型结构,从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体结构,进而具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。The glass cover 100 in the embodiment of the present application includes a first light-transmitting part 10 , a second light-transmitting part 30 and a light-blocking part 50 . The light-blocking portion 50 is located between the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 . The crystallinity R of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 Degree R2. As a result, the disturbing light that enters the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 and is directed to the light-blocking part 50 is scattered and reflected by the crystal particles in the light-blocking part 50 when passing through the light-blocking part 50 Or absorb, so that the interfering light passing through the light blocking part 50 is greatly attenuated, and the light entering the first light transmitting part 10 and the light entering the second light transmitting part 30 are prevented from passing through the light blocking part 50 . Therefore, when the glass cover 100 is applied to the electronic device 400 with a health detection function, the signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of health detection. In addition, the glass cover 100 of the present application can be made of a whole glass substrate, and through ion exchange and crystallization, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50 of the obtained glass cover 100 It is an integrated structure, so that the glass cover 100 has a better integrated structure, and thus has better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
在一些实施例中,玻璃盖板100的厚度可以为但不限于为0.3mm至1.3mm;具体地,壳体300本体的厚度可以为但不限于为0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm、0.9mm、1mm、1.3mm等。当玻璃盖板100太薄时,不能很好的起到支撑和保护作用,且机械强度不能很好的满足电子设备400玻璃盖板100的要求,当玻璃盖板100的太厚时,则增加电子设备400的重量,影响电子设备400的手感,用户体验不好。In some embodiments, the thickness of the glass cover 100 may be, but is not limited to, 0.3 mm to 1.3 mm; specifically, the thickness of the housing 300 body may be, but is not limited to, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, or 0.6 mm. , 0.7mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm, 1mm, 1.3mm, etc. When the glass cover 100 is too thin, it cannot provide good support and protection, and the mechanical strength cannot well meet the requirements of the electronic device 400 glass cover 100. When the glass cover 100 is too thick, the mechanical strength increases. The weight of the electronic device 400 affects the feel of the electronic device 400 and results in poor user experience.
在一些实施例中,玻璃盖板100满足关系式:40%≤R-R1≤90%以及40%≤R-R2≤90%。换言之,挡光部50的结晶度R与第一透光部10的结晶度R1之差大于或等于40%且小于或等于90%;挡光部50的结晶度R与第二透光部30的结晶度R2之差大于或等于40%且小于或等于90%。进一步地,玻璃盖板100满足关系式:60%≤R-R1≤90%以及60%≤R-R2≤90%。又进一步地,玻璃盖板100满足关系式:70%≤R-R1≤90%以及70%≤R-R2≤90%。具体地,R-R1可以为但不限于为40%、45%、50%、55%、60%、65%、70%、72%、75%、77%、80%、83%、85%、88%、90%等。具体地,R-R2可以为但不限于为40%、45%、50%、55%、60%、65%、70%、72%、75%、77%、80%、83%、85%、88%、90%等。R-R1及R-R2太小时,则挡光部50的结晶度太低,对窜扰光的散射作用、反射作用及吸收作用太小,不能很好的起到防窜光效果,R-R1及R-R2越大,防窜光效果越好,但是,R-R1及R-R2太大时,增加了工艺制备的难度。In some embodiments, the glass cover 100 satisfies the relationships: 40%≤R-R1≤90% and 40%≤R-R2≤90%. In other words, the difference between the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 and the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 40% and less than or equal to 90%; the difference between the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 The difference in crystallinity R2 is greater than or equal to 40% and less than or equal to 90%. Further, the glass cover 100 satisfies the relational expressions: 60%≤R-R1≤90% and 60%≤R-R2≤90%. Furthermore, the glass cover 100 satisfies the relationship expressions: 70%≤R-R1≤90% and 70%≤R-R2≤90%. Specifically, R-R1 may be, but is not limited to, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85% , 88%, 90%, etc. Specifically, R-R2 may be, but is not limited to, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85% , 88%, 90%, etc. If R-R1 and R-R2 are too small, the crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 is too low, and the scattering, reflection and absorption effects on the stray light are too small, and the anti-channeling effect cannot be achieved well. R-R1 The larger R-R1 and R-R2 are, the better the anti-fluorescence effect will be. However, when R-R1 and R-R2 are too large, the difficulty of process preparation will be increased.
“结晶度”指该区域或部分中晶体所占的质量百分比。具体地,可以通过以下公式进行计算:R=M /(M +M 非晶)×100%。其中,M 表示该区域或部分中所含的晶体的质量,M 非晶表示该区域或部分中所含的非晶体的质量。 "Crystallinity" refers to the mass percentage of crystals in the region or part. Specifically, it can be calculated by the following formula: R=M crystal /(M crystal +M amorphous )×100%. Among them, M crystal represents the quality of the crystal contained in the region or part, and M amorphous represents the quality of the amorphous crystal contained in the region or part.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10的结晶度R1的范围为0≤R1≤30%。进一步地,第一透光部10的结晶度R1的范围为0≤R1≤20%。又进一步地,第一透光部10的结晶度R1的范围为0≤R1≤10%。具体地,第一透光部10的结晶度R1可以为但不限于为0%、1%、3%、5%、8%、10%、12%、15%、18%、20%、23%、25%、27%、30%等。In some embodiments, the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 ranges from 0≤R1≤30%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is 0≤R1≤20%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is 0≤R1≤10%. Specifically, the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, 0%, 1%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, etc.
在一些实施例中,第二透光部30的结晶度R2的范围为0≤R2≤30%。进一步地,第二透光部30的结晶度R2的范围为0≤R2≤20%。又进一步地,第二透光部30的结晶度R2的范围为0≤R2≤10%。具体地,第二透光部30的结晶度R2可以为但不限于为0%、1%、3%、5%、8%、10%、12%、15%、18%、20%、23%、25%、27%、30%等。In some embodiments, the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 ranges from 0≤R2≤30%. Furthermore, the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 ranges from 0 ≤ R2 ≤ 20%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 is 0≤R2≤10%. Specifically, the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, 0%, 1%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, etc.
在一些实施例中,挡光部50的结晶度R的范围为45%≤R1≤95%。进一步地,挡光部50的结晶度R 的范围为50%≤R1≤95%。又进一步地,挡光部50的结晶度R的范围为60%≤R1≤95%。又进一步地,挡光部50的结晶度R的范围为70%≤R1≤95%。具体地,挡光部50的结晶度R可以为但不限于为45%、50%、55%、60%、65%、70%、72%、75%、77%、80%、83%、85%、88%、90%、95%等。In some embodiments, the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 ranges from 45% ≤ R1 ≤ 95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 is 50%≤R1≤95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking portion 50 is 60%≤R1≤95%. Furthermore, the range of the crystallinity R of the light blocking portion 50 is 70%≤R1≤95%. Specifically, the crystallinity R of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 83%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 95%, etc.
可选地,第一透光部10的结晶度R1与第二透光部30的结晶度R2可以相同,也可以不同。当第一透光部10的结晶度R1与第二透光部30的结晶度R2相等时,可以简化玻璃盖板100的制备工艺。Optionally, the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be the same or different. When the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is equal to the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 , the manufacturing process of the glass cover 100 can be simplified.
请参见图2,在一些实施例中,挡光部50具有结晶颗粒51(即晶粒),结晶颗粒51的粒径d的范围为1μm≤d≤200μm。进一步地,结晶颗粒51的粒径d的范围为2μm≤d≤50μm。又进一步地,结晶颗粒51的粒径d的范围为5μm≤d≤30μm。具体地,结晶颗粒51的粒径d可以为但不限于为1μm、2μm、3μm、4μm、6μm、8μm、10μm、15μm、20μm、30μm、40μm、60μm、80μm、100μm、120μm、140μm、160μm、180μm、200μm等。当结晶颗粒51的尺寸过小(例如小于入射光的波长)时,则光线在挡光部50内容易发生衍射,穿过挡光部50,影响挡光部50的防窜光效果,随着结晶颗粒51尺寸的增加,挡光部50的防窜光效果逐渐增加,但是,当结晶颗粒51的尺寸大于200μm时,晶界的数量不够多,不能形成足够多的散射,使得挡光部50的挡光效果又逐渐降低,且挡光部50的机械强度也会下降。Referring to FIG. 2 , in some embodiments, the light blocking part 50 has crystal particles 51 (ie, crystal particles), and the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 ranges from 1 μm ≤ d ≤ 200 μm. Furthermore, the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 is in the range of 2 μm ≤ d ≤ 50 μm. Furthermore, the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 is in the range of 5 μm ≤ d ≤ 30 μm. Specifically, the particle diameter d of the crystal particles 51 may be, but is not limited to, 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 6 μm, 8 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 60 μm, 80 μm, 100 μm, 120 μm, 140 μm, 160 μm, 180μm, 200μm, etc. When the size of the crystal particles 51 is too small (for example, smaller than the wavelength of the incident light), the light is easily diffracted in the light-blocking portion 50 and passes through the light-blocking portion 50 , affecting the anti-channeling effect of the light-blocking portion 50 . As the size of the crystal particles 51 increases, the light blocking effect of the light blocking portion 50 gradually increases. However, when the size of the crystal particles 51 is greater than 200 μm, the number of grain boundaries is not large enough to form enough scattering, causing the light blocking portion 50 to The light-blocking effect gradually decreases, and the mechanical strength of the light-blocking part 50 also decreases.
“结晶颗粒51的粒径”指结晶颗粒51的等效球直径,即不规则外形物体,其体积相同球体的直径。“晶界”指晶粒与晶粒之间的界面,或者晶粒与非晶态之间的截面。The "particle diameter of the crystal particles 51" refers to the equivalent spherical diameter of the crystal particles 51, that is, an irregular-shaped object whose volume is the same as the diameter of a sphere. "Grain boundary" refers to the interface between crystal grains, or the cross section between crystal grains and amorphous state.
请参见图3及图4,在一些实施例中,挡光部50具有预设图案,以起到装饰效果,使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的外观效果。Referring to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in some embodiments, the light blocking portion 50 has a preset pattern to provide a decorative effect, so that the glass cover 100 has a better appearance.
可选地,预设图案可以为但不限于为图形(例如花朵图形、动物图形、人物图形等)、文字(如logo)等。预设图案可以根据所需要实现的外观效果进行设计,本申请不作具体限定。在一些实施例中,预设图形可以如图3所示的心形图案,还可以如图4所示的四角形的图案。Optionally, the preset pattern may be, but is not limited to, graphics (such as flower graphics, animal graphics, character graphics, etc.), text (such as logo), etc. The preset pattern can be designed according to the desired appearance effect, and is not specifically limited in this application. In some embodiments, the preset pattern may be a heart-shaped pattern as shown in Figure 3, or a quadrangular pattern as shown in Figure 4.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30为一体结构。具体地,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30由整块玻璃基材,经过离子交换、结晶等过程后,形成一体结构的第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30。这样使得第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30之间不存在胶合、拼接、熔接等工艺界面。从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体性,具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are an integral structure. Specifically, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are made of a single piece of glass base material and undergo processes such as ion exchange and crystallization to form an integrated structure of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the light-blocking part 30 . part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . In this way, there is no process interface such as gluing, splicing, and welding between the first light-transmitting part 10, the light-blocking part 50, and the second light-transmitting part 30. As a result, the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10的组分、挡光部50的组分以及第二透光部30的组分具有相同的化学通式。“化学通式”是用来表示一类或几类化合物的,其中至少一个基团是可变化的。在本申请的实施例中,第一透光部10的组分、挡光部50的组分以及第二透光部30的组分具有相同的化学通式可以理解为第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30包括不同的金属阳离子,但是金属阳离子的摩尔分数相等,且除金属阳离子外的其他元素组分及配比是相同的。这样可以使得第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30具有更好的一体性,可以由整块玻璃基材经过阳离子交换及结晶后得到,不存在胶合、拼接、熔接等工艺界面。从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体性,具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。In some embodiments, the components of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the components of the light-blocking part 50 and the components of the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same chemical formula. "Chemical formula" is used to represent one or several classes of compounds in which at least one group is changeable. In the embodiment of the present application, the components of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the components of the light-blocking part 50 and the components of the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same chemical formula, which can be understood as the first light-transmitting part 10 The light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 include different metal cations, but the mole fractions of the metal cations are equal, and the components and proportions of other elements except the metal cations are the same. In this way, the first light-transmitting part 10, the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can have better integration, and can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization, without gluing, splicing, or welding. and other process interfaces. As a result, the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
在一些实施例中,单位体积内,组成第一透光部10的各元素的总摩尔数、组成挡光部50的各元素的总摩尔数及组成第二透光部30的各元素的总摩尔数相等。换言之,单位体积内,第一透光部10包括的各元素的总原子数量、挡光部50包括的各元素的总原子数量、第二透光部30包括的各元素的总原子数量相等。这样可以使得第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30可以由整块玻璃基材经过阳离子交换及结晶后得到,不存在胶合、拼接、熔接等工艺界面,具有更好的一体性。从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体性,具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。In some embodiments, within unit volume, the total number of moles of each element composing the first light-transmitting part 10 , the total number of moles of each element composing the light-blocking part 50 , and the total number of moles of each element composing the second light-transmitting part 30 The number of moles is equal. In other words, within the unit volume, the total number of atoms of each element included in the first light-transmitting part 10 , the total number of atoms of each element included in the light-blocking part 50 , and the total number of atoms of each element included in the second light-transmitting part 30 are equal. In this way, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization. There are no process interfaces such as gluing, splicing, and welding, and the performance is better. of oneness. As a result, the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30具有相同摩尔分数的硅、磷、氧、铝、及硼中的至少一种。例如,在有些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30均具有相同摩尔分数的硅元素和氧元素。在有些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30均具有相同摩尔分数的硅元素、氧元素及硼元素。在有些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30均具有相同摩尔分数的硅元素、氧元素及磷元素。在有些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30均具有相同摩尔分数的硅元素、氧元素、磷元素及硼元素。在有些实施例中,第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30均具有相同摩尔分数的铝元素及氧元素。这样可以使得第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30可以由整块玻璃基材经过阳离子交换及结晶后得到,不存在胶合、拼接、熔接等工艺界面,具有更好的一体性。从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体性,具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 have the same mole fraction of at least one of silicon, phosphorus, oxygen, aluminum, and boron. For example, in some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element and oxygen element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element and boron element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element and phosphorus element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of silicon element, oxygen element, phosphorus element and boron element. In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 all have the same mole fraction of aluminum element and oxygen element. In this way, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be obtained from the entire glass substrate after cation exchange and crystallization. There are no process interfaces such as gluing, splicing, and welding, and the performance is better. of oneness. As a result, the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
可选地,在300nm至1500nm的波段范围内,第一透光部10的透光率T1的范围为T1≥20%。进一步地,第一透光部10的透光率大于等于30%。又进一步地,第一透光部10的透光率大于等于60%。再进一步地,第一透光部10的透光率大于等于85%。具体地,第一透光部10的透光率可以为但不限于为20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、98%等。第一透光部10的透光率越大越好,第一透光部10的透光率越大,光线在经过第一透光部10时的损耗就越小,使用该玻璃盖板100的电子设备400的检测准确率和精度就越高。在一些实施例中,第一透光部10的透光率大于等于90%,具体地,可以为但不限于为90%、92%、94%、95%、96%、98%、99%等,这样可以更好的减少光线经过第一透光部10时 的损耗。Optionally, within the wavelength range of 300 nm to 1500 nm, the range of the light transmittance T1 of the first light transmitting part 10 is T1 ≥ 20%. Further, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 30%. Furthermore, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 60%. Furthermore, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 85%. Specifically, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, etc. The greater the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 , the better. The greater the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 , the smaller the loss of light when passing through the first light transmitting part 10 . The glass cover 100 is used The detection accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 are higher. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is greater than or equal to 90%. Specifically, it may be, but is not limited to, 90%, 92%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 98%, 99%. etc., which can better reduce the loss of light when passing through the first light-transmitting part 10 .
在一些实施例中,当第一透光部10的透光率较低时,可以通过算法、软件计算、提高发光器出射光线的强度和亮度等,补偿或者修正第一透光部10透光率较低对光线造成的损耗,降低电子设备400的检测误差。In some embodiments, when the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 is low, the light transmission of the first light-transmitting part 10 can be compensated or corrected through algorithms, software calculations, increasing the intensity and brightness of the light emitted by the light emitter, etc. The loss caused by the light is lower, and the detection error of the electronic device 400 is reduced.
可选地,在300nm至1500nm的波段范围内,第二透光部30的透光率T1的范围为T1≥20%。进一步地,第二透光部30的透光率大于等于30%。又进一步地,第二透光部30的透光率大于等于60%。再进一步地,第二透光部30的透光率大于等于85%。具体地,第二透光部30的透光率可以为但不限于为20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、98%等。第二透光部30的透光率越大越好,第二透光部30的透光率越大,光线在经过第二透光部30时的损耗就越小,使用该玻璃盖板100的电子设备400的检测准确率和精度就越高。在一些实施例中,第二透光部30的透光率大于等于90%,具体地,可以为但不限于为90%、92%、94%、95%、96%、98%、99%等,这样可以更好的减少光线经过第二透光部30时的损耗。Optionally, within the wavelength range of 300 nm to 1500 nm, the range of the light transmittance T1 of the second light transmitting part 30 is T1 ≥ 20%. Further, the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 30%. Furthermore, the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 60%. Furthermore, the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 85%. Specifically, the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, etc. The greater the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 , the better. The greater the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 , the smaller the loss of light when passing through the second light transmitting part 30 . The use of the glass cover 100 The detection accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 are higher. In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is greater than or equal to 90%. Specifically, it may be, but is not limited to, 90%, 92%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 98%, 99%. etc., which can better reduce the loss of light when passing through the second light-transmitting part 30 .
在一些实施例中,当第二透光部30的透光率较低时,可以通过算法、软件计算、提高发光器出射光线的强度和亮度等,补偿或者修正第二透光部30透光率较低对光线造成的损耗,降低电子设备400的检测误差。In some embodiments, when the light transmittance of the second light-transmitting part 30 is low, the light transmission of the second light-transmitting part 30 can be compensated or corrected through algorithms, software calculations, increasing the intensity and brightness of the light emitted by the light emitter, etc. The loss caused by the light is lower, and the detection error of the electronic device 400 is reduced.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10的透光率与第二透光部30的透光率可以相同,在其他实施例中,第一透光部10的透光率与第二透光部30的透光率也可以不同,本申请不作具体限定。在一具体实施例中,当第一透光部10或第二透光部30中的至少一个的数量为多个时,多个第一透光部10或多个第二透光部30的透光率可以不同,这样应用于检测功能的电子设备400时可以根据不同发光器出射光线的颜色、强度,使多个第一透光部10、或多个第二透光部30具有不同的透光率,例如,当发光器的出射光线的强度较高时,则可以降低该发光器对应的第一透光部10或第二透光部30的透光率;当发光器的出射光线的强度较高弱,则可以提高该发光器对应的第一透光部10或第二透光部30的透光率。In some embodiments, the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 and the light transmittance of the second light transmitting part 30 may be the same. In other embodiments, the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 and the second light transmitting part 30 may be the same. The light transmittance of the light part 30 may also be different, and is not specifically limited in this application. In a specific embodiment, when the number of at least one of the first light-transmitting parts 10 or the second light-transmitting parts 30 is multiple, the number of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 or the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 is The light transmittance can be different. When applied to the electronic device 400 with a detection function, the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 or the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 can have different characteristics according to the color and intensity of the light emitted by different light emitters. The light transmittance, for example, when the intensity of the light emitted by the light emitter is high, the light transmittance of the first light transmitting part 10 or the second light transmitting part 30 corresponding to the light emitter can be reduced; If the intensity is relatively weak, the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 corresponding to the light emitter can be increased.
可选地,在300nm至1500nm的波段范围内,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为T≤80%×T1且T≤80%×T2。进一步地,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为T≤70%×T1以及T≤70%×T2。又进一步地,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为T≤60%×T1以及T≤60%×T2。又进一步地,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为T≤%×T1以及T≤%×T2。具体地,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为可以为但不限于为0.8T1、0.75T1、0.7T1、0.65T1、0.6T1、0.55T1、0.5T1、0.45T1、0.4T1、0.3T1、0.2T1等。具体地,挡光部50的透光率T的范围为可以为但不限于为0.8T2、0.75T2、0.7T2、0.65T2、0.6T2、0.55T2、0.5T2、0.45T2、0.4T2、0.3T2、0.2T2等。挡光部50的透光率T越小,挡光部50的防窜光效果越好,使用该玻璃盖板100的电子设备400检测的信噪比越高,检测准确率越高。Optionally, within the wavelength range of 300 nm to 1500 nm, the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 ranges from T≤80%×T1 and T≤80%×T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T≤70%×T1 and T≤70%×T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T≤60%×T1 and T≤60%×T2. Furthermore, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is T≤%×T1 and T≤%×T2. Specifically, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 0.8T1, 0.75T1, 0.7T1, 0.65T1, 0.6T1, 0.55T1, 0.5T1, 0.45T1, 0.4T1, 0.3T1 , 0.2T1, etc. Specifically, the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, 0.8T2, 0.75T2, 0.7T2, 0.65T2, 0.6T2, 0.55T2, 0.5T2, 0.45T2, 0.4T2, 0.3T2 , 0.2T2, etc. The smaller the light transmittance T of the light blocking portion 50 is, the better the light channeling effect of the light blocking portion 50 is. The electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 can detect a higher signal-to-noise ratio and a higher detection accuracy.
在一具体实施例中,第一透光部10透光率T1等于第二透光部30的透光率T2=90%,挡光部50的透光率T为44%×T1=44%×90%=39.6%。In a specific embodiment, the light transmittance T1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is equal to the light transmittance T2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 = 90%, and the light transmittance T of the light-blocking part 50 is 44% × T1 = 44%. ×90%=39.6%.
在一些实施例中,玻璃盖板的原料可以为但不限于为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种。可选地,第一透光部10可以为但不限于为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种。第二透光部30可以为但不限于为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种。挡光部50可以为但不限于为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种。“至少一种”指大于等于一种。In some embodiments, the raw material of the glass cover may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. kind. Optionally, the first light-transmitting part 10 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. . The second light-transmitting part 30 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. The light blocking part 50 may be, but is not limited to, at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass. "At least one" means more than or equal to one.
在一些实施例中,第一透光部10包括第一金属阳离子,第二透光部30包括第一金属阳离子,挡光部50包括第二金属阳离子,第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子的元素不同,第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子价态相同。这样使得玻璃盖板100可以采用整块玻璃基材,经过离子交换、结晶等过程后,形成一体结构的第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30。这样使得第一透光部10、挡光部50及第二透光部30之间不存在胶合、拼接、熔接等工艺界面。从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体性,具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。In some embodiments, the first light-transmitting part 10 includes a first metal cation, the second light-transmitting part 30 includes a first metal cation, the light-blocking part 50 includes a second metal cation, and the relationship between the first metal cation and the second metal cation is The elements are different, and the first metal cation and the second metal cation have the same valence state. In this way, the glass cover 100 can be made of a whole glass substrate, and after processes such as ion exchange and crystallization, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the light-blocking part 50 and the second light-transmitting part 30 can be formed into an integrated structure. In this way, there is no process interface such as gluing, splicing, and welding between the first light-transmitting part 10, the light-blocking part 50, and the second light-transmitting part 30. As a result, the glass cover 100 has better integrity and better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
在一些实施例中,第一金属阳离子包括锂离子(Li +)、钠离子(Na +)、钾离子(K +)、铷离子(Rb +)、铯离子(Cs +)、银离子(Ag +)、镁离子(Mg 2+)、铝离子(Al 3+)、钙离子(Ca 2+)、锶离子(Sr 2+)、钡离子(Ba 2+)、钇离子(Y 3+)、锌离子(Zn 2+)、铜离子(Cu 2+)、金离子(Au 2+)中的至少一种。 In some embodiments, the first metal cation includes lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver ion (Ag + ), magnesium ion (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ion (Al 3+ ), calcium ion (Ca 2+ ), strontium ion (Sr 2+ ), barium ion (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ion (Y 3+ ) , at least one of zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
在一些实施例中,第二金属阳离子包括锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子、银离子、镁离子、铝离子、钙离子、锶离子、钡离子、钇离子、锌离子、铜离子、金离子中的至少一种。In some embodiments, the second metal cation includes lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, At least one of copper ions and gold ions.
在一具体实施例中,第一透光部10包括Na-Al-Si玻璃,第二透光部30包括Na-Al-Si玻璃,挡光部50包括Li-Al-Si玻璃。第一金属阳离子为Na +,第二金属阳离子为Li +。Li-Al-Si玻璃相较于Na-Al-Si玻璃的析晶温度更低,因此,可以在Li-Al-Si玻璃的析晶温度以上,Na-Al-Si玻璃的析晶温度以下进行热处理,以使Li-Al-Si玻璃发生结晶,Na-Al-Si玻璃不发生结晶,从而使得到的挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。 In a specific embodiment, the first light-transmitting part 10 includes Na-Al-Si glass, the second light-transmitting part 30 includes Na-Al-Si glass, and the light-blocking part 50 includes Li-Al-Si glass. The first metal cation is Na + and the second metal cation is Li + . Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass. Therefore, it can be carried out above the crystallization temperature of Li-Al-Si glass and below the crystallization temperature of Na-Al-Si glass. Heat treatment to crystallize Li-Al-Si glass and not crystallize Na-Al-Si glass, so that the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than that of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the second light-transmitting portion The crystallinity of part 30.
本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100可以通过本申请下列实施例的方法进行制备,此外,还可以通过其它方法进行制备,本申请实施例的制备方法仅仅是本申请玻璃盖板100的一种或多种制备方法,不应理解为对本申请实施例提供的玻璃盖板100的限定。The glass cover plate 100 in the embodiment of the present application can be prepared by the method of the following embodiments of the present application. In addition, it can also be prepared by other methods. The preparation method of the embodiment of the present application is only one or more of the glass cover plate 100 of the present application. Various preparation methods should not be construed as limitations to the glass cover 100 provided in the embodiments of the present application.
请参见图5及图6,本申请第一实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 5 and Figure 6 , the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application includes:
S201,提供第一玻璃基材100a;以及S201, provide the first glass substrate 100a; and
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a可以为但不限于为硅酸盐玻璃基材、铝硅酸盐玻璃基材、磷酸盐玻璃基材、铝磷酸盐玻璃基材、硼酸盐玻璃基材、铝酸盐玻璃基材中的至少一种。在一些实施例中,第一玻璃基材100a还可以为强化后的硅酸盐玻璃基材、强化后的铝硅酸盐玻璃基材、强化后的磷酸盐玻璃基材、强化后的铝磷酸盐玻璃基材、强化后的硼酸盐玻璃基材、强化后的铝酸盐玻璃基材中的至少一种。强化的方法可以为但不限于为化学离子交换强化(化学强化)、物理钢化、离子注入强化等方法。Alternatively, the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, a silicate glass substrate, an aluminosilicate glass substrate, a phosphate glass substrate, an aluminophosphate glass substrate, or a borate glass substrate. , at least one of aluminate glass substrates. In some embodiments, the first glass substrate 100a can also be a strengthened silicate glass substrate, a strengthened aluminosilicate glass substrate, a strengthened phosphate glass substrate, or a strengthened aluminum phosphate. At least one of a salt glass substrate, a strengthened borate glass substrate, and a strengthened aluminate glass substrate. The strengthening method can be, but is not limited to, chemical ion exchange strengthening (chemical strengthening), physical tempering, ion implantation strengthening and other methods.
S202,对第一玻璃基材100a进行离子交换及结晶,以得到玻璃盖板100,玻璃盖板100包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30及挡光部50,第二透光部30与第一透光部10间隔设置;挡光部50位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S202, perform ion exchange and crystallization on the first glass substrate 100a to obtain the glass cover 100. The glass cover 100 includes the first light-transmitting part 10, the second light-transmitting part 30 and the light-blocking part 50. The light-transmitting part 30 is spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part 10; the light-blocking part 50 is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30. The light-blocking part 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 from interfering with the light. The light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 passes through the light-blocking part 50 to channel light. The crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part 30 .
可选地,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,以使得第一玻璃基材100a中的第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子发生离子置换反应,形成一部分易发生结晶(析晶温度较低),另一部分不易发生结晶的结构(析晶温度较高),并使其至少部分发生析晶(结晶),以得到玻璃盖板100。Alternatively, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, This causes the first metal cation and the second metal cation in the first glass substrate 100a to undergo an ion replacement reaction, forming a structure in which one part is prone to crystallization (the crystallization temperature is lower) and the other part is difficult to crystallize (the crystallization temperature is higher). ), and causing it to at least partially crystallize (crystallize) to obtain the glass cover 100 .
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法对第一玻璃基材100a进行离子交换,以使得第一玻璃基材100a形成一部分易发生结晶,另一部分不易发生结晶的结构(换言之,改变了第一玻璃基材100a一部分的结晶性能,另一部分的结晶性能不变),从而当温度处于易发生结晶部分的析晶温度与不易发生结晶部分的析晶温度之间时,易发生结晶的部分发生结晶形成挡光部50,不易发生结晶部分的温度不发生结晶形成第一透光部10及第二透光部30。从而使得挡光部50的结晶度R大于第一透光部10的结晶度R1且大于第二透光部30的结晶度R2。由此使得进入第一透光部10或第二透光部30的光线中射向挡光部50的窜扰光在经过挡光部50时,被挡光部50内的结晶颗粒51进行散射、反射或吸收,从而使得穿过挡光部50的窜扰光线大大衰减,防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光。当玻璃盖板100应用于具有健康检测功能的电子设备400时,可以提高光信号的信噪比,从而提高健康检测的准确率。此外,本申请的玻璃盖板100采用整块第一玻璃基材100a,通过离子交换及结晶后得到的玻璃盖板100,形成的玻璃盖板100的第一透光部10、第二透光部30及挡光部50为一体成型结构,从而使得玻璃盖板100具有更好的一体结构,进而具有更好的机械性能如机械强度及抗弯强度。The preparation method of the glass cover 100 in the embodiment of the present application performs ion exchange on the first glass substrate 100a, so that the first glass substrate 100a forms a structure in which one part is prone to crystallization and the other part is not prone to crystallization (in other words, the first glass substrate 100a is changed. The crystallization performance of one part of the glass substrate 100a remains unchanged), so that when the temperature is between the crystallization temperature of the part that is prone to crystallization and the crystallization temperature of the part that is not prone to crystallization, the part that is prone to crystallization will The crystal forms the light-blocking portion 50 , and the temperature of the portion where crystallization is less likely to occur does not cause crystallization to form the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 . Therefore, the crystallinity R of the light-blocking part 50 is greater than the crystallinity R1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and greater than the crystallinity R2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 . As a result, the disturbing light that enters the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 and is directed toward the light-blocking part 50 is scattered by the crystal particles 51 in the light-blocking part 50 when passing through the light-blocking part 50 . Reflection or absorption, thereby greatly attenuating the interfering light passing through the light-blocking part 50 , preventing the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 and the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 from passing through the light-blocking part 50 . When the glass cover 100 is applied to an electronic device 400 with a health detection function, the signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of health detection. In addition, the glass cover 100 of the present application uses a whole first glass substrate 100a, and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 10 of the glass cover 100 are formed through ion exchange and crystallization. The portion 30 and the light-blocking portion 50 are formed into an integral structure, so that the glass cover 100 has a better integrated structure and thus has better mechanical properties such as mechanical strength and bending strength.
请参见图7及图8,本申请第二实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the second embodiment of the present application includes:
S301,提供第一玻璃基材100a;以及S301, provide the first glass substrate 100a; and
在一些实施例中,第一玻璃基材100a包括第一金属阳离子。可选地,第一金属阳离子可以为但不限于为锂离子(Li +)、钠离子(Na +)、钾离子(K +)、铷离子(Rb +)、铯离子(Cs +)、银离子(Ag +)、镁离子(Mg 2+)、铝离子(Al 3+)、钙离子(Ca 2+)、锶离子(Sr 2+)、钡离子(Ba 2+)、钇离子(Y 3+)、锌离子(Zn 2+)、铜离子(Cu 2+)、金离子(Au 2+)中的至少一种。 In some embodiments, the first glass substrate 100a includes a first metal cation. Alternatively, the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
在另一些实施例中,第一玻璃基材100a包括第二金属阳离子。可选地,第二金属阳离子可以为但不限于为锂离子(Li +)、钠离子(Na +)、钾离子(K +)、铷离子(Rb +)、铯离子(Cs +)、银离子(Ag +)、镁离子(Mg 2+)、铝离子(Al 3+)、钙离子(Ca 2+)、锶离子(Sr 2+)、钡离子(Ba 2+)、钇离子(Y 3+)、锌离子(Zn 2+)、铜离子(Cu 2+)、金离子(Au 2+)中的至少一种。 In other embodiments, the first glass substrate 100a includes a second metal cation. Alternatively, the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
关于第一玻璃基材100a的其它特征的详细描述,请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。For detailed descriptions of other features of the first glass substrate 100a, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of the above embodiments, which will not be described again here.
S302,对第一玻璃基材100a进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材100b,第二玻璃基材100b包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30及连接部50b,第一透光部10与第二透光部30间隔设置;连接部50b位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间;以及S302, perform ion exchange on the first glass substrate 100a to obtain a second glass substrate 100b. The second glass substrate 100b includes the first light-transmitting part 10, the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50b. The light part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart; the connecting part 50b is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; and
可选地,离子交换方法可以为但不限于为高温熔融盐浴、高温高压盐溶液浸泡、固相离子交换等方法。Alternatively, the ion exchange method may be, but is not limited to, high temperature molten salt bath, high temperature and high pressure salt solution immersion, solid phase ion exchange and other methods.
在一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a包括第一金属阳离子时,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第二金属阳离子的盐或氧化物等固体粉末接触,于温度300℃至900℃下使第一玻璃基材100a中的至少部分第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,得到第二玻璃基材100b。第二玻璃基材100b包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30及连接部50b,第一透光部10与第二透光部30间隔设置;连接部50b位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间。连接部50b的析晶温度Te小于第一透光部10的析晶温度Te1,且小于第二透光部30的析晶温度Te2;换言之,Te<Te1且Te<Te2。本申请实施例中,当涉及到数值范围a至b时,如未特别指明,均表示包括端点数值a,且包括端点数值b。例如,上述温度300℃至900℃表示,离子交换温度可以为300℃至900℃ 之间的任意数值,包括端点300℃及端点900℃。In some embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a includes a first metal cation, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is 100a is contacted with a solid powder such as a salt or an oxide having a second metal cation, and a substitution reaction occurs between at least part of the first metal cation and the second metal cation in the first glass substrate 100a at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C to obtain Second glass substrate 100b. The second glass substrate 100b includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a connecting part 50b. The first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart; the connecting part 50b is located in the first light-transmitting part. 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . The crystallization temperature Te of the connection part 50b is lower than the crystallization temperature Te1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and lower than the crystallization temperature Te2 of the second light-transmitting part 30; in other words, Te<Te1 and Te<Te2. In the embodiments of this application, when it comes to the numerical range a to b, unless otherwise specified, it means including the endpoint value a and including the endpoint value b. For example, the above temperature of 300°C to 900°C means that the ion exchange temperature can be any value between 300°C and 900°C, including the endpoint of 300°C and the endpoint of 900°C.
在另一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a包括第二金属阳离子时,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第一金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第一金属阳离子的盐或氧化物等固体粉末接触,于温度300℃至900℃下,以使第一玻璃基材100a中的至少部分第二金属阳离子与第一金属阳离子发生置换反应,得到第二玻璃基材100b。In other embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a includes a second metal cation, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having the first metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is The material 100a is contacted with solid powder such as salt or oxide having the first metal cation at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C, so that at least part of the second metal cations in the first glass substrate 100a are replaced with the first metal cations. reaction to obtain a second glass substrate 100b.
可选地,第一透光部10的析晶温度Te1与第二透光部30的析晶温度Te2可以相同,也可以不同。当第一透光部10的析晶温度Te1与第二透光部30的析晶温度Te2相同时,可以简化玻璃盖板100的制备工序。Optionally, the crystallization temperature Te1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the crystallization temperature Te2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 may be the same or different. When the crystallization temperature Te1 of the first light-transmitting part 10 is the same as the crystallization temperature Te2 of the second light-transmitting part 30 , the preparation process of the glass cover 100 can be simplified.
可选地,具有第一金属阳离子的盐熔融液可以为但不限于为NaNO 3熔融液、Na 2SO 4熔融液、NaCl熔融液、Na 3PO 4熔融液、KNO 3熔融液、KCl熔融液、K 2SO 4熔融液、K 3PO 4熔融液、LiCl熔融液、LiNO 3熔融液、Li 2SO 4熔融液、Ca(NO 3) 2熔融液、Ba(NO 3) 2熔融液等中的至少一种。可选地,具有第一金属阳离子的盐溶液可以为但不限于为NaNO 3溶液、Na 2SO 4溶液、NaCl溶液、Na 3PO 4溶液、KNO 3溶液、KCl溶液、LiCl溶液、LiNO 3溶液、Ca(NO 3) 2溶液、Ba(NO 3) 2溶液、CaCl 2、BaCl 2溶液等中的至少一种。可选地,当采用固体粉末进行离子置换,具有第一金属阳离子的盐或氧化物等固体粉末可以为但不限于为氧化钠粉末、碳酸钠粉末、NaNO 3粉末、Na 3PO 4粉末、NaHCO 3粉末、MgO粉末、MgOH粉末、CaO粉末、Ca(OH) 2粉末、氧化锂粉末、碳酸锂粉末等中的至少一种。 Alternatively, the salt molten liquid having the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 molten liquid, Na 2 SO 4 molten liquid, NaCl molten liquid, Na 3 PO 4 molten liquid, KNO 3 molten liquid, KCl molten liquid , K 2 SO 4 melt, K 3 PO 4 melt, LiCl melt, LiNO 3 melt, Li 2 SO 4 melt, Ca(NO 3 ) 2 melt, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 melt, etc. of at least one. Alternatively, the salt solution having the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 solution, Na 2 SO 4 solution, NaCl solution, Na 3 PO 4 solution, KNO 3 solution, KCl solution, LiCl solution, LiNO 3 solution , at least one of Ca(NO 3 ) 2 solution, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 solution, CaCl 2 , BaCl 2 solution, etc. Alternatively, when solid powder is used for ion replacement, the solid powder such as salt or oxide having the first metal cation can be, but is not limited to, sodium oxide powder, sodium carbonate powder, NaNO 3 powder, Na 3 PO 4 powder, NaHCO 3 powder, MgO powder, MgOH powder, CaO powder, Ca(OH) 2 powder, lithium oxide powder, lithium carbonate powder, etc.
可选地,具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液可以为但不限于为NaNO 3熔融液、Na 2SO 4熔融液、NaCl熔融液、Na 3PO 4熔融液、KNO 3熔融液、KCl熔融液、K 2SO 4熔融液、K 3PO 4熔融液、LiCl熔融液、LiNO 3熔融液、Li 2SO 4熔融液、Ca(NO 3) 2熔融液、Ba(NO 3) 2熔融液等中的至少一种。可选地,具有第二金属阳离子的盐溶液可以为但不限于为NaNO 3溶液、Na 2SO 4溶液、NaCl溶液、Na 3PO 4溶液、KNO 3溶液、KCl溶液、LiCl溶液、LiNO 3溶液、Ca(NO 3) 2溶液、Ba(NO 3) 2溶液、CaCl 2、BaCl 2溶液等中的至少一种。可选地,当采用固体粉末进行离子置换,具有第二金属阳离子的盐或氧化物等固体粉末可以为但不限于为氧化钠粉末、碳酸钠粉末、NaNO 3粉末、Na 3PO 4粉末、NaHCO 3粉末、MgO粉末、MgOH粉末、CaO粉末、Ca(OH) 2粉末、氧化锂粉末、碳酸锂粉末等中的至少一种。 Alternatively, the salt molten liquid having the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 molten liquid, Na 2 SO 4 molten liquid, NaCl molten liquid, Na 3 PO 4 molten liquid, KNO 3 molten liquid, KCl molten liquid , K 2 SO 4 melt, K 3 PO 4 melt, LiCl melt, LiNO 3 melt, Li 2 SO 4 melt, Ca(NO 3 ) 2 melt, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 melt, etc. of at least one. Alternatively, the salt solution with the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, NaNO 3 solution, Na 2 SO 4 solution, NaCl solution, Na 3 PO 4 solution, KNO 3 solution, KCl solution, LiCl solution, LiNO 3 solution , at least one of Ca(NO 3 ) 2 solution, Ba(NO 3 ) 2 solution, CaCl 2 , BaCl 2 solution, etc. Alternatively, when solid powder is used for ion replacement, the solid powder such as salt or oxide with the second metal cation can be, but is not limited to, sodium oxide powder, sodium carbonate powder, NaNO 3 powder, Na 3 PO 4 powder, NaHCO 3 powder, MgO powder, MgOH powder, CaO powder, Ca(OH) 2 powder, lithium oxide powder, lithium carbonate powder, etc.
需要说明的是,第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子进行离子交换时,通常采用相同价态的阳离子进行离子交换。例如,Li +与Na +进行离子交换;或者,K +与Na +进行离子交换;或者,Li +与K +进行离子交换;或者,Ca 2+与Ba 2+进行离子交换等。 It should be noted that when the first metal cation and the second metal cation perform ion exchange, cations of the same valence state are usually used for ion exchange. For example, Li + and Na + perform ion exchange; or K + and Na + perform ion exchange; or Li + and K + perform ion exchange; or Ca 2+ and Ba 2+ perform ion exchange, etc.
可选地,离子交换的温度为300℃至900℃之间的任意温度或任意温度范围。进一步地,离子交换的温度为300℃至900℃之间。具体地,离子交换的温度可以为但不限于为300℃、320℃、350℃、380℃、400℃、420℃、450℃、480℃、500℃、520℃、550℃、580℃、600℃、650℃、700℃、750℃、800℃、850℃、900℃等。离子交换的温度太低,离子交换速率太慢,影响生产效率;随着离子交换温度的提高,离子交换速度会越快,但是,离子交换的温度太高,第一玻璃基材100a会软化或结晶,因此,离子交换的温度也不易过高,应在确保第一玻璃基材100a不会发生软化或过早发生结晶的情况下进行。Optionally, the temperature of ion exchange is any temperature or any temperature range between 300°C and 900°C. Further, the temperature of ion exchange is between 300°C and 900°C. Specifically, the temperature of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 300°C, 320°C, 350°C, 380°C, 400°C, 420°C, 450°C, 480°C, 500°C, 520°C, 550°C, 580°C, 600°C ℃, 650℃, 700℃, 750℃, 800℃, 850℃, 900℃, etc. If the ion exchange temperature is too low, the ion exchange rate is too slow, which affects production efficiency; as the ion exchange temperature increases, the ion exchange rate will be faster, but if the ion exchange temperature is too high, the first glass substrate 100a will soften or Crystallization, therefore, the temperature of ion exchange is not likely to be too high, and should be performed under the condition of ensuring that the first glass substrate 100a does not soften or prematurely crystallize.
可选地,离子交换的时间可以为0.5h至48h。具体地,离子交换的时间可以为但不限于为0.5h、1h、2h、3h、5h、8h、10h、13h、16h、20h、22h、24h、27h、30h、33h、35h、38h、40h、43h、45h、48h等。离子交换的时间可以控制第一玻璃基材100a进行离子交换的深度,离子交换的时间过短,则离子交换的深度过浅,最终得到的挡光部50的中间部分的结晶度不够,不足以隔离串扰光。离子交换的时间过长,则影响生产效率。Optionally, the time of ion exchange can be 0.5h to 48h. Specifically, the time of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 0.5h, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 8h, 10h, 13h, 16h, 20h, 22h, 24h, 27h, 30h, 33h, 35h, 38h, 40h, 43h, 45h, 48h, etc. The time of ion exchange can control the depth of ion exchange of the first glass substrate 100a. If the time of ion exchange is too short, the depth of ion exchange will be too shallow, and the final crystallinity of the middle part of the light blocking part 50 will not be enough. Isolate crosstalk light. If the ion exchange time is too long, production efficiency will be affected.
可选地,连接部50b环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。换言之,当第一透光部10和第二透光部30均为一个时,连接部50b可以环绕第一透光部10、或环绕第二透光部30、或环绕第一透光部10且环绕第二透光部30设置。当第一透光部10和第二透光部30均为多个时,连接部50b可以环绕多个第一透光部10、多个第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。当第一透光部10为一个,第二透光部30为多个时,连接部50b可以环绕第一透光部10、多个第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置。在其它实施例中,连接部50b也可以不环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30,设置于第一透光部10和第二透光部30之间。相较于连接部50b设置于第一透光部10和第二透光部30之间而言,连接部50b环绕第一透光部10或第二透光部30中的一个或多个设置时,得到的玻璃盖板100可以具有更好的挡光效果。连接部50b只要设置于第一透光部10及第二透光部30之间,能够使得得到的挡光部50可以防止第一透光部10及第二透光部30之间发生窜光即可,置于连接部50b的形态本申请不做具体限定,可以根据外观效果及电子设备400的形状进行设计,本申请图示中的仅示出其中一种或多种可行方式,不应理解为对本申请的玻璃盖板100的限定。Optionally, the connecting portion 50b is disposed around one or more of the first light-transmitting portion 10 or the second light-transmitting portion 30 . In other words, when the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are both one, the connecting part 50b can surround the first light-transmitting part 10 , or surround the second light-transmitting part 30 , or surround the first light-transmitting part 10 and is arranged around the second light-transmitting part 30 . When there are a plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and a plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 , the connecting part 50b may be provided around one or more of the plurality of first light-transmitting parts 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 . When there is one first light-transmitting part 10 and a plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 , the connecting part 50b may be provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the plurality of second light-transmitting parts 30 . In other embodiments, the connecting part 50b may not surround the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 , but may be disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . Compared with the connection part 50b being provided between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 , the connection part 50b is provided around one or more of the first light-transmitting part 10 or the second light-transmitting part 30 At this time, the obtained glass cover 100 can have better light-blocking effect. As long as the connecting part 50b is disposed between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, the resulting light-blocking part 50 can prevent light from occurring between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30. That is, the form placed on the connecting portion 50b is not specifically limited in this application and can be designed according to the appearance effect and the shape of the electronic device 400. The illustrations in this application only show one or more possible ways, and should not be used. This should be understood as a limitation on the glass cover 100 of the present application.
S303,对第二玻璃基材100b进行热处理,以使连接部50b进行结晶形成挡光部50,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S303, perform heat treatment on the second glass base material 100b to crystallize the connecting portion 50b to form the light-blocking portion 50. The light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
可选地,于温度Te至Te1或者温度Te至Te2下,进行热处理,以使连接部50b发生结晶,形成挡光 部50。换言之,在连接部50b的析晶温度至第一透光部10的析晶温度,或者连接部50b的析晶温度至第二透光部30的析晶温度下(当Te1、Te2不相等时,热处理温度低于析晶温度较低的那个),进行热处理,以使连接部50b发生析晶,结晶形成具有较高结晶度的挡光部50,第一透光部10及第二透光部30不发生结晶或者仅发生较少的结晶,从而使得到的玻璃盖板100的挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。Optionally, heat treatment is performed at temperatures Te to Te1 or temperatures Te to Te2, so that the connection portion 50b is crystallized to form the light blocking portion 50. In other words, when the crystallization temperature of the connection part 50b is to the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10, or when the crystallization temperature of the connection part 50b is to the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part 30 (when Te1 and Te2 are not equal) , the heat treatment temperature is lower than the one with a lower crystallization temperature), the heat treatment is performed to cause crystallization of the connecting portion 50b, and the crystallization forms the light-blocking portion 50, the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 10 with a higher crystallinity. No crystallization occurs in the portion 30 or only a small amount of crystallization occurs, so that the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 of the obtained glass cover 100 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
当热处理的温度太低时,则连接部50b、第一透光部10及第二透光部30均不会发生析晶,或者仅有极少部分发生析晶,使得得到的挡光部50的结晶度太小,不能起到很好的防窜光效果;当热处理的温度太高时,则第一透光部10及第二透光部30也会发生部分结晶,使得得到的第一透光部10及第二透光部30的透光率过低,光线在经过第一透光部10及第二透光部30时的损耗过大,使用该玻璃盖板100的电子设备400的检测准确率和精度降低。When the temperature of the heat treatment is too low, none of the connecting part 50b, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will crystallize, or only a very small part will crystallize, so that the obtained light-blocking part 50 The degree of crystallinity is too small to achieve a good anti-light channeling effect; when the temperature of the heat treatment is too high, partial crystallization of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will occur, resulting in the first The light transmittance of the light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too low, and the loss of light when passing through the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too large. The electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 The detection accuracy and precision are reduced.
在一些实施例中,连接部50b的析晶温度为550℃,第一透光部10及第二透光部30的析晶温度为750℃,则热处理的温度可以为520℃至650℃。具体地,热处理的温度可以为但不限于为520℃、530℃、540℃、550℃、560℃、570℃、580℃、590℃、600℃、610℃、620℃、630℃、640℃、650℃等。In some embodiments, the crystallization temperature of the connecting part 50b is 550°C, and the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is 750°C, then the heat treatment temperature may be 520°C to 650°C. Specifically, the temperature of the heat treatment may be, but is not limited to, 520°C, 530°C, 540°C, 550°C, 560°C, 570°C, 580°C, 590°C, 600°C, 610°C, 620°C, 630°C, 640°C , 650℃, etc.
在一些实施例中,热处理的时间为1h至12h。具体地,热处理的时间可以为但不限于为1h、2h、3h、5h、6h、7h、8h、9h、10h、11h、12h等。热处理的时间太短则连接部50b不能充分进行结晶,形成的挡光部50的防窜光效果较差;热处理的时间太长,影响生产效率,且第一透光部10及第二透光部30也可能发生部分结晶,影响第一透光部10及第二透光部30的透光率。In some embodiments, the heat treatment time is 1 h to 12 h. Specifically, the heat treatment time may be, but is not limited to, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 6h, 7h, 8h, 9h, 10h, 11h, 12h, etc. If the heat treatment time is too short, the connection part 50b cannot be fully crystallized, and the light blocking part 50 formed has poor anti-channeling effect; if the heat treatment time is too long, production efficiency will be affected, and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 10 Partial crystallization may also occur in the portion 30 , affecting the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图9及图10,本申请第三实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Referring to Figures 9 and 10, a method for preparing a glass cover 100 according to a third embodiment of the present application includes:
S401,提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;第一部10a的相背两侧均凸出于第三部50a,且第二部30a的相背两侧均凸出第三部50a;S401, provide a first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between the first part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and the opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude from the third part 50a;
请参见图11,可选地,在本实施例中第三部50a环绕第一部10a的外周缘且环绕第二部30a的外周缘;第三部50a连接第一部10a的外周缘且连接第二部30a的外周缘设置。换言之,第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a为一体结构,且具有相同的原料组成。第三部50a具有相背的第一表面及第二表面,第一部10a凸出于第一表面且凸出于第二表面,在第三部50a的相背两侧分别形成台阶。第二部30a凸出于第一表面且凸出于第二表面,在第三部50a的相背两侧分别形成台阶。即第一部10a及第二部30a分别在第三部50a的第一表面侧形成一个台阶,且分别在第三部50a的第二表面侧也形成一个台阶。也就是说,第一部10a的厚度大于第三部50a的厚度,且第二部30a的厚度也大于第三部50a的厚度。Referring to Figure 11, optionally, in this embodiment, the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a; the third part 50a is connected to the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and connected to The outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a is provided. In other words, the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition. The third part 50a has a first surface and a second surface that are opposite to each other. The first part 10a protrudes from the first surface and protrudes from the second surface, and steps are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. The second part 30a protrudes from the first surface and protrudes from the second surface, and steps are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. That is, the first part 10a and the second part 30a each form a step on the first surface side of the third part 50a, and each form a step on the second surface side of the third part 50a. That is to say, the thickness of the first part 10a is greater than the thickness of the third part 50a, and the thickness of the second part 30a is also greater than the thickness of the third part 50a.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子。换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有不易结晶的金属化合物,又换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有相对较低的析晶温度金属化合物。Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is not easy to crystallize. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively low crystallization temperature.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a可以为但不限于为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2,Na +离子均匀分布于第一玻璃基材100a。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Na-Al-Si glass. The molar composition of Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Na + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
S402,对第一玻璃基材100a进行阳离子交换,以使第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a的表面均发生阳离子交换,并使第三部50a形成连接部50b;S402, perform cation exchange on the first glass substrate 100a, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a, and the third part 50a forms the connection part 50b;
可选地,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液(如LiNO 3熔融液)中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触(第二金属阳离子例如Li +离子),于离子交换温度300℃至900℃下第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a的表面的第一金属阳离子(例如Na +离子)与第二金属阳离子(例如Li +离子)发生置换反应,使得第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a表面的第一金属阳离子被第二金属阳离子替换,从而相较于原来的第一玻璃基材100a容易发生结晶。由于第一部10a及第二部30a的厚度较大,第三部50a的厚度较小,因此,第一部10a与第二部30a只有表面部分发生离子置换,中间部分还保留原有的第一金属阳离子,第三部50a分厚度较薄,因此,第三部50a整体都形成具有第二金属阳离子的易结晶玻璃,即连接部50b。当第一玻璃基材100a为Na-Al-Si玻璃时,发生离子交换之后的部分变为Li-Al-Si玻璃,Li-Al-Si玻璃相较于Na-Al-Si玻璃具有更低的析晶温度。 Alternatively, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution (such as LiNO3 melt) with a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is mixed with a salt with a second metal cation. Powder or oxide powder contacts (second metal cations such as Li + ions), and the first metal cations (such as Na + ions) and second metal cations (such as Li + ions) undergo a substitution reaction, so that the first metal cations on the surfaces of the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a are replaced by second metal cations, thereby comparing Crystallization easily occurs in the original first glass substrate 100a. Since the thickness of the first part 10a and the second part 30a is relatively large and the thickness of the third part 50a is small, only the surface parts of the first part 10a and the second part 30a undergo ion replacement, and the original third part 50a is retained in the middle part. For a metal cation, the thickness of the third portion 50a is thinner. Therefore, the entire third portion 50a forms an easily crystallized glass with a second metal cation, that is, the connecting portion 50b. When the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, the part after ion exchange becomes Li-Al-Si glass. Compared with Na-Al-Si glass, Li-Al-Si glass has lower Crystallization temperature.
S403,去除第一部10a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分以得到第一透光部10,去除第二部30a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分以得到第二透光部30,以得到第二玻璃基材100b;以及S403, remove the portions of the first portion 10a that protrude from the connecting portion 50b on opposite sides to obtain the first light-transmitting portion 10, and remove the portions of the second portion 30a that protrude from the connecting portion 50b on both opposite sides to obtain the second transparent portion. light part 30 to obtain the second glass substrate 100b; and
可选地,先将经过S402处理之后的第一玻璃基材100a进行冷却,并进行加工处理(如切割、抛光、机械加工CNC等),以去除第一部10a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分,即去除第一部10a相对两侧表面易结晶的部分,以得到第一透光部10,同时去除第二部30a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分,即去除第二部30a相对两侧表面易结晶的部分,以得到第二透光部30。可选地,加工时,使第一透光部10及第二透光部30连接第一表面的表面与第一表面齐平(即在同一平面内)、第一透光部10与第二透光部30连接第二表面的表面与第二表面齐平(即在同一平面内)。关于第二玻璃基材100b的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, first cool the first glass substrate 100a after S402 processing, and perform processing (such as cutting, polishing, machining CNC, etc.) to remove the protrusions on the opposite sides of the first portion 10a. The part of the part 50b, that is, the parts on the opposite sides of the first part 10a that are prone to crystallization are removed to obtain the first light-transmitting part 10. At the same time, the parts on the opposite sides of the second part 30a that protrude from the connecting part 50b are removed. The second portion 30a faces the portions of the surfaces on both sides that are prone to crystallization, so as to obtain the second light-transmitting portion 30 . Optionally, during processing, the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane), and the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are connected to the first surface. The surface of the light-transmitting part 30 connected to the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane). For detailed description of the second glass substrate 100b, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
S404,对第二玻璃基材100b进行热处理,以使连接部50b进行结晶形成挡光部50,挡光部50用于防 止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S404, perform heat treatment on the second glass base material 100b to crystallize the connecting portion 50b to form the light-blocking portion 50. The light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
关于步骤S404的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此也不再赘述。For detailed description of step S404, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here. For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图12及图13,本申请第四实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 12 and Figure 13 , the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present application includes:
S501,提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30及第三部50a,第一透光部10与第二透光部30间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间;S501, provide a first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a third part 50a, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart It is provided that the third part 50a is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30;
可选地,在本实施例中第三部50a环绕第一透光部10的外周缘且环绕第二透光部30的外周缘;第三部50a连接第一透光部10的外周缘且连接第二透光部30的外周缘设置。换言之,第一透光部10、第二透光部30及第三部50a为一体结构,且具有相同的原料组成。第三部50a具有相背的第一表面及第二表面,第一透光部10及第二透光部30连接第一表面的表面与第一表面齐平(即在同一平面内)、第一透光部10与第二透光部30连接第二表面的表面与第二表面齐平(即在同一平面内)。Optionally, in this embodiment, the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first light-transmitting part 10 and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second light-transmitting part 30; the third part 50a connects to the outer peripheral edge of the first light-transmitting part 10 and It is connected to the outer peripheral edge of the second light-transmitting part 30 . In other words, the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the third part 50 a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition. The third part 50a has an opposite first surface and a second surface. The surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane). The surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 connecting the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane).
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子。可选地,第一玻璃基材100a可以为但不限于为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2,Na +离子均匀分布于第一玻璃基材100a。第一金属阳离子可以为但不限于Na +离子。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation. Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Na-Al-Si glass. The molar composition of Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Na + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a. The first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, Na + ion.
S502,在第一透光部10与第二透光部30的表面形成保护层100’;S502, form a protective layer 100' on the surfaces of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30;
可选地,采用粘胶、喷涂、镀膜等方法在第一透光部10、第二透光部30裸露的表面上形成保护层100’。保护层100’可以为但不限于为喷涂油墨层、形成光固化胶保护层100’(UV胶层)、镀二氧化硅层、二氧化钛层、二氧化锆层等。更具体地,在第一透光部10及第二透光部30与第三部50a的第一表面连接的平面上,以及在第一透光部10及第二透光部30与第三部50a的第二表面连接的平面上均形成保护层100’。该保护层100’用于在进行阳离子交换时,阻止第一透光部10及第二透光部30的第一金属阳离子被第二金属阳离子置换。Optionally, a protective layer 100' is formed on the exposed surfaces of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 using methods such as gluing, spraying, and coating. The protective layer 100' can be, but is not limited to, a spray ink layer, a photocurable adhesive protective layer 100' (UV glue layer), a silicon dioxide layer, a titanium dioxide layer, a zirconium dioxide layer, etc. More specifically, on the plane where the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are connected to the first surface of the third part 50a, and on the plane where the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are connected with the third part 50a, A protective layer 100' is formed on the planes connected to the second surface of the portion 50a. The protective layer 100' is used to prevent the first metal cations in the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 from being replaced by second metal cations during cation exchange.
S503,对第三部50a进行阳离子交换,以使第三部50a形成连接部50b,以得到第二玻璃基材100b;以及S503, perform cation exchange on the third part 50a so that the third part 50a forms the connection part 50b to obtain the second glass substrate 100b; and
可选地,将第一透光部10及第二透光部30的表面设有保护层100’第一玻璃基材100a放置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液(如LiNO 3熔融液)中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触(第二金属阳离子例如Li +离子),于离子交换温度300℃至900℃下第三部50a的表面的第一金属阳离子(例如Na +离子)与第二金属阳离子(例如Li +离子)发生置换反应,使得第三部50a表面的第一金属阳离子被第二金属阳离子替换,形成相较于第一透光部10及第二透光部30更易于结晶的连接部50b。而第一透光部10及第二透光部30在保护层100’的保护下,则不发生离子交换反应。 Optionally, a protective layer 100 is provided on the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, and the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt molten liquid or salt solution (such as LiNO 3 molten liquid), or contact the first glass substrate 100a with a salt powder or an oxide powder having a second metal cation (the second metal cation, such as Li + ion), at an ion exchange temperature of 300°C to 900°C for a third time. The first metal cation (such as Na + ion) on the surface of the third part 50a and the second metal cation (such as Li + ion) undergo a substitution reaction, so that the first metal cation on the surface of the third part 50a is replaced by the second metal cation, forming a phase. The connecting portion 50b is easier to crystallize than the first light-transmitting portion 10 and the second light-transmitting portion 30 . However, under the protection of the protective layer 100', the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 do not undergo ion exchange reaction.
可选地,在步骤S503之后,方法还包括:去除保护层100’。Optionally, after step S503, the method further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
S504,对第二玻璃基材100b进行热处理,以使连接部50b进行结晶形成挡光部50,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S504, perform heat treatment on the second glass base material 100b to crystallize the connecting portion 50b to form the light-blocking portion 50. The light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from interfering with the light entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
关于步骤S504的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此也不再赘述。For detailed description of step S504, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here. For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图14及图15,本申请第五实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 14 and Figure 15 , the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the fifth embodiment of the present application includes:
S601,提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出于第一部10a,且第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出第二部30a;S601, provide a first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between the first part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and the opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a;
可选地,在本实施例第三部50a环绕第一部10a的外周缘且环绕第二部30a的外周缘;第三部50a连接第一部10a的外周缘且连接第二部30a的外周缘设置。换言之,第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a为一体结构,且具有相同的原料组成。第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出于第一部10a,且第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出第二部30a。可选地,第三部50a具有相背的第一表面及第二表面,第一部10a凹陷于第一表面且凹陷于第二表面,在第三部50a的相背两侧分别形成凹槽。第二部30a凹陷于第一表面且凹陷于第二表面,在第三部50a的相背两侧分别形成凹槽。即第一部10a及第二部30a分别在第三部50a的第一表面侧形成一个凹槽,且分别在第三部50a的第二表面侧也形成一个凹槽。也就是说,第三部50a的厚度大于第一部10a的厚度,且大于第二部30a的厚度。Optionally, in this embodiment, the third part 50a surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a; the third part 50a connects the outer peripheral edge of the first part 10a and connects the outer peripheral edge of the second part 30a. Margin settings. In other words, the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a have an integrated structure and have the same raw material composition. Opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a. Optionally, the third part 50a has a first surface and a second surface that are opposite to each other, the first part 10a is recessed on the first surface and is recessed on the second surface, and grooves are formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. . The second part 30a is recessed on the first surface and recessed on the second surface, and grooves are respectively formed on opposite sides of the third part 50a. That is, the first part 10a and the second part 30a each form a groove on the first surface side of the third part 50a, and each form a groove on the second surface side of the third part 50a. That is to say, the thickness of the third part 50a is greater than the thickness of the first part 10a and greater than the thickness of the second part 30a.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a具有第二金属阳离子。换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有易结晶的金属化合物,又换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有相对较高的析晶温度金属化合物。Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a has a second metal cation. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is easy to crystallize. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively high crystallization temperature.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a可以为但不限于为Li-Al-Si玻璃,Li-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为20Li 2O-10Al 2O 3-70SiO 2,Li +离子均匀分布于第一玻璃基材100a。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Li-Al-Si glass. The molar composition of Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Li + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
S602,对第一玻璃基材100a进行阳离子交换,以使第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a的表面均发生阳离子交换,第一部10a形成第一透光部10,第二部30a形成第二透光部30;S602, perform cation exchange on the first glass substrate 100a, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part 10a, the second part 30a, and the third part 50a. The first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10, and the second part 100a forms the first light-transmitting part 10. The portion 30a forms the second light-transmitting portion 30;
可选地,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第一金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液(如NaNO 3熔融液)中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第一金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度300℃至900℃下第一玻璃基材100a中的至少部分第二金属阳离子(例如Li +)与第一金属阳离子(Na +)发生置换反应,使得第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a表面的第二金属阳离子被第一金属阳离子替换,从而相较于原来的第一玻璃基材100a不容易发生结晶。由于第三部50a的厚度较大,第一部10a及第二部30a的厚度较小,因此,第三部50a只有表面部分发生离子置换,中间部分还保留原有的第二金属阳离子,第一部10a与第二部30a厚度较薄,第一部10a形成具有第一金属阳离子的不易结晶玻璃的第一透光部10,及第二部30a形成具有第一金属阳离子的不易结晶玻璃的第二透光部30。当第一玻璃基材100a为Li-Al-Si玻璃时,发生离子交换之后的部分变为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Li-Al-Si玻璃相较于Na-Al-Si玻璃具有更低的析晶温度。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution (such as NaNO 3 melt) with a first metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is mixed with a salt with a first metal cation. The powder or oxide powder comes into contact, and at least part of the second metal cations (for example, Li + ) in the first glass substrate 100 a and the first metal cations (Na + ) undergo a displacement reaction at a temperature of 300°C to 900°C, so that the first The second metal cations on the surface of the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a are replaced by the first metal cations, so that crystallization is less likely to occur than the original first glass substrate 100a. Since the thickness of the third part 50a is relatively large and the thickness of the first part 10a and the second part 30a is small, only the surface part of the third part 50a undergoes ion replacement, and the original second metal cations are retained in the middle part. The first part 10a and the second part 30a are thinner. The first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10 of the hard-to-crystallize glass with the first metal cation, and the second part 30a forms the first light-transmitting part 10 of the hard-to-crystallize glass with the first metal cation. The second light-transmitting part 30. When the first glass substrate 100a is Li-Al-Si glass, the part after ion exchange becomes Na-Al-Si glass. Compared with Na-Al-Si glass, Li-Al-Si glass has lower Crystallization temperature.
S603,去除第三部50a相背两侧凸出于第一透光部10及第二透光部30的部分,以得到连接部50b,以得到第二玻璃基材100b;以及S603, remove the parts of the third part 50a that protrude from the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 on opposite sides to obtain the connecting part 50b to obtain the second glass substrate 100b; and
可选地,先将经过S602处理之后的第一玻璃基材100a进行冷却,并进行加工处理(如切割、抛光、机械加工CNC等),以去除第三部50a相背两侧凸出于第一透光部10及第二透光部30的部分,即去除第三部50a相对两侧表面易结晶的部分,以得到连接部50b。可选地,加工时,使第一透光部10、第二透光部30及连接部50b朝向第一表面的表面齐平(即在同一平面内),并使第一透光部10、第二透光部30及连接部50b朝向第二表面的表面齐平(即在同一平面内)。关于第二玻璃基材100b的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, first cool the first glass substrate 100a after S602 processing, and perform processing (such as cutting, polishing, machining CNC, etc.) to remove the third portion 50a protruding from the opposite sides of the third portion 50a. The parts of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30, that is, the parts of the surfaces on opposite sides of the third part 50a that are prone to crystallization are removed to obtain the connecting part 50b. Optionally, during processing, make the surfaces of the first light-transmitting part 10 , the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50 b facing the first surface flush (that is, in the same plane), and make the first light-transmitting part 10 , The surfaces of the second light-transmitting part 30 and the connecting part 50b facing the second surface are flush (that is, in the same plane). For detailed description of the second glass substrate 100b, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here.
S604,对第二玻璃基材100b进行热处理,以使连接部50b进行结晶形成挡光部50,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S604, perform heat treatment on the second glass base material 100b to crystallize the connecting portion 50b to form the light-blocking portion 50. The light-blocking portion 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting portion 10 from entering the second light-transmitting portion 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
关于步骤S604的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此也不再赘述。For detailed description of step S604, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here. For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图16及图17,本申请第六实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 16 and Figure 17 , the preparation method of the glass cover 100 according to the sixth embodiment of the present application includes:
S701,提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及连接部50b,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,连接部50b位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;S701, provide the first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a connecting part 50b. The first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the connecting part 50b is located in the first part. between 10a and Part 2 30a;
可选地,在本实施例中连接部50b环绕第一部10a的外周缘且环绕第二部30a的外周缘;连接部50b连接第一部10a的外周缘且连接第二部30a的外周缘设置。换言之,第一部10a、第二部30a及连接部50b为一体结构,且具有相同的原料组成。连接部50b具有相背的第一表面及第二表面,第一部10a及第二部30a连接第一表面的表面与第一表面齐平(即在同一平面内)、第一部10a与第二部30a连接第二表面的表面与第二表面齐平(即在同一平面内)。Optionally, in this embodiment, the connecting portion 50b surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the first portion 10a and surrounds the outer peripheral edge of the second portion 30a; the connecting portion 50b connects the outer peripheral edge of the first portion 10a and connects the outer peripheral edge of the second portion 30a. set up. In other words, the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the connecting part 50b are an integral structure and have the same raw material composition. The connecting part 50b has a first surface and a second surface opposite to each other. The surface of the first part 10a and the second part 30a connecting the first surface is flush with the first surface (that is, in the same plane). The first part 10a and the second part 30a are flush with each other. The surface of the two parts 30a connecting the second surface is flush with the second surface (that is, in the same plane).
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a具有第二金属阳离子。换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有易结晶的金属化合物,又换言之,第一玻璃基材100a具有相对较高的析晶温度金属化合物。Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a has a second metal cation. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound that is easy to crystallize. In other words, the first glass substrate 100a has a metal compound with a relatively high crystallization temperature.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a可以为但不限于为Li-Al-Si玻璃,Li-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为20Li 2O-10Al 2O 3-70SiO 2,Li +离子均匀分布于第一玻璃基材100a。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, Li-Al-Si glass. The molar composition of Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 , and Li + ions are evenly distributed. on the first glass substrate 100a.
S702,在连接部50b的表面形成保护层100’;S702, form the protective layer 100' on the surface of the connection part 50b;
可选地,采用粘胶、喷涂、镀膜等方法在连接部50b裸露的表面上形成保护层100’,保护层100’可以为但不限于为喷涂油墨层、形成光固化胶保护层100’(UV胶层)、镀二氧化硅层、二氧化钛层、二氧化锆层等。更具体地,在连接部50b的第一表面及第二表面上均形成保护层100’。该保护层100’用于在进行阳离子交换时,阻止连接部50b的第二金属阳离子被第一金属阳离子置换。Optionally, a protective layer 100' is formed on the exposed surface of the connection portion 50b using methods such as gluing, spraying, or coating. The protective layer 100' may be, but is not limited to, a spray ink layer or a photo-curing adhesive protective layer 100' ( UV adhesive layer), silicon dioxide coating, titanium dioxide layer, zirconium dioxide layer, etc. More specifically, the protective layer 100' is formed on both the first surface and the second surface of the connecting portion 50b. The protective layer 100' is used to prevent the second metal cations in the connection portion 50b from being replaced by the first metal cations during cation exchange.
S703,对第一部10a及第二部30a进行阳离子交换,以使第一部10a形成第一透光部10,第二部30a形成第二透光部30,以得到第二玻璃基材100b;以及S703, perform cation exchange on the first part 10a and the second part 30a, so that the first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10, and the second part 30a forms the second light-transmitting part 30, to obtain the second glass substrate 100b. ;as well as
可选地,将连接部50b的表面设有保护层100’的第一玻璃基材100a放置于具有第一金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液(如NaNO 3熔融液)中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第一金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触(第一金属阳离子例如Na +离子),于离子交换温度300℃至900℃下使第一部10a的第二金属阳离子(例如Li +离子)与第一金属阳离子(例如Na +离子)发生置换反应,形成相较于连接部50b不易发生结晶的第一透光部10,并使述第二部30a的第二金属阳离子(例如Li +离子)与第一金属阳离子(例如Na +离子)发生置换反应,形成相较于连接部50b不易发生结晶的第二透光部30。而连接部50b在保护层100’的保护下,则不发生离子交换反应。 Optionally, the first glass substrate 100a with the protective layer 100' provided on the surface of the connecting portion 50b is placed in a salt molten liquid or a salt solution (such as NaNO 3 molten liquid) containing the first metal cation, or the first The glass substrate 100a is in contact with the salt powder or oxide powder having the first metal cation (the first metal cation such as Na + ion), and the second metal cation ( A substitution reaction occurs with the first metal cation (for example, Li + ion) and the first metal cation (for example, Na + ion) to form the first light-transmitting part 10 that is less likely to crystallize than the connecting part 50b, and the second metal cation of the second part 30a is (for example, Li + ions) and the first metal cations (for example, Na + ions) undergo a substitution reaction to form the second light-transmitting portion 30 that is less likely to crystallize than the connecting portion 50b. However, under the protection of the protective layer 100', no ion exchange reaction occurs in the connecting portion 50b.
可选地,在步骤S703之后,方法还包括:去除保护层100’。Optionally, after step S703, the method further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
S704,对第二玻璃基材100b进行热处理,以使连接部50b进行结晶形成挡光部50,挡光部50用于防止进入第一透光部10的光线与进入第二透光部30的光线穿过挡光部50发生窜光,挡光部50的结晶度大于第一透光部10的结晶度且大于第二透光部30的结晶度。S704, perform heat treatment on the second glass base material 100b to crystallize the connecting part 50b to form the light blocking part 50. The light blocking part 50 is used to prevent the light entering the first light transmitting part 10 from entering the second light transmitting part 30. Light passes through the light-blocking portion 50 to channel light, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking portion 50 is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting portion 10 and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting portion 30 .
关于步骤S704的详细描述请参见上述实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此也不再赘述。For detailed description of step S704, please refer to the description of the corresponding part of the above embodiment, and details will not be described again here. For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图18,本申请第七实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 18, a method for preparing a glass cover 100 according to the seventh embodiment of the present application, which includes:
S801,提供第一玻璃基材100a,所述第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子;以及S801, provide a first glass substrate 100a, the first glass substrate 100a having a first metal cation; and
可选地,第一金属阳离子可以为但不限于为锂离子(Li +)、钠离子(Na +)、钾离子(K +)、铷离子(Rb +)、铯离子(Cs +)、银离子(Ag +)、镁离子(Mg 2+)、铝离子(Al 3+)、钙离子(Ca 2+)、锶离子(Sr 2+)、钡离子(Ba 2+)、钇离子(Y 3+)、锌离子(Zn 2+)、铜离子(Cu 2+)、金离子(Au 2+)中的至少一种。 Alternatively, the first metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
本实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构可以为上述第三实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构,也可以为上述第四实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构。详细请参见第三实施例及第四实施例的关于第一玻璃基材100a的详细描述,在此不再赘述。The structure of the first glass substrate 100a of this embodiment may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned third embodiment, or may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned fourth embodiment. For details, please refer to the detailed description of the first glass substrate 100a in the third embodiment and the fourth embodiment, which will not be described again here.
S802,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度Te至Te1或Te至Te2下使第一玻璃基材100a中的至少部分第一金属阳离子与第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,并发生结晶,以得到玻璃盖板100,其中,Te为所述挡光部50的析晶温度(即连接部50b的析晶温度),Te1为所述第一透光部10的析晶温度,Te2为所述第二透光部30的析晶温度,且Te<Te1,Te<Te2。S802, place the first glass substrate 100a in a salt melt or salt solution containing a second metal cation, or contact the first glass substrate 100a with a salt powder or oxide powder containing a second metal cation, at a temperature of Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, at least part of the first metal cations and the second metal cations in the first glass substrate 100a undergo a substitution reaction and crystallize to obtain the glass cover 100, where Te is the barrier The crystallization temperature of the light part 50 (that is, the crystallization temperature of the connection part 50b), Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10, Te2 is the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part 30, and Te <Te1, Te<Te2.
进行离子置换时的温度在第二金属阳离子氧化物的析晶温度(Te)以上,且在第一金属阳离子氧化物的析晶温度(Te1或Te2)以下,因此,当第一玻璃基材100a中的第一金属阳离子被第二金属阳离子替换时,形成的第二金属阳离子的氧化物会接着发生析晶,从而进行结晶,而无需再进行热处理步骤,从而简化了玻璃盖板100制备的流程,降低了生产成本。The temperature during ion replacement is above the crystallization temperature (Te) of the second metal cation oxide and below the crystallization temperature (Te1 or Te2) of the first metal cation oxide. Therefore, when the first glass substrate 100a When the first metal cation is replaced by a second metal cation, the oxide of the second metal cation formed will then crystallize, thereby crystallizing without the need for a heat treatment step, thereby simplifying the process of preparing the glass cover 100 , reducing production costs.
离子交换及结晶的温度不能太低,当离子交换及结晶的温度太低时,则连接部50b、第一透光部10及第二透光部30均不会发生析晶,或者仅有表面层发生析晶,析晶深度不够,使得得到的挡光部50中间部分的结晶度不够,不能起到很好的防窜光效果;当离子交换及结晶的温度太高,则第一透光部10及第二透光部30也会发生部分结晶,使得得到的第一透光部10及第二透光部30的透光率过低,光线在经过第一透光部10及第二透光部30时的损耗过大,使用该玻璃盖板100的电子设备400的检测准确率和精度降低。The temperature of ion exchange and crystallization cannot be too low. When the temperature of ion exchange and crystallization is too low, the connection part 50b, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will not crystallize, or only the surface The layer crystallizes, and the crystallization depth is not enough, so that the crystallinity of the middle part of the light-blocking part 50 is not enough, and it cannot have a good anti-light channeling effect; when the temperature of ion exchange and crystallization is too high, the first light transmission The part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 will also undergo partial crystallization, so that the obtained light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too low, and the light passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30. The loss in the light-transmitting part 30 is too large, and the detection accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 using the glass cover 100 are reduced.
在一些实施例中,第一玻璃基材100a的离子交换及结晶温度可以为但不限于为520℃至650℃。具体地,第一玻璃基材100a的离子交换温度可以为但不限于为520℃、530℃、540℃、550℃、560℃、570℃、580℃、590℃、600℃、610℃、620℃、630℃、640℃、650℃等。In some embodiments, the ion exchange and crystallization temperature of the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, 520°C to 650°C. Specifically, the ion exchange temperature of the first glass substrate 100a may be, but is not limited to, 520°C, 530°C, 540°C, 550°C, 560°C, 570°C, 580°C, 590°C, 600°C, 610°C, 620°C ℃, 630℃, 640℃, 650℃, etc.
可选地,第一玻璃基材100a的离子交换及结晶的时间可以为0.5h至48h。具体地,离子交换的时间可以为但不限于为0.5h、1h、2h、3h、5h、8h、10h、13h、16h、20h、22h、24h、27h、30h、33h、35h、38h、40h、43h、45h、48h等。离子交换及结晶的时间过短,则发生离子交换的比例较少,第二金属阳离子的氧化物也难以充分发生结晶,最终得到的挡光部50的结晶度太小,不能起到很好的防窜光作用;或者最终得到的第一透光部10及第二透光部30的结晶度过大,影响第一透光部10及第二透光部30的透光率。离子交换及结晶的时间过长,则影响生产效率。Optionally, the ion exchange and crystallization time of the first glass substrate 100a may be 0.5h to 48h. Specifically, the time of ion exchange can be, but is not limited to, 0.5h, 1h, 2h, 3h, 5h, 8h, 10h, 13h, 16h, 20h, 22h, 24h, 27h, 30h, 33h, 35h, 38h, 40h, 43h, 45h, 48h, etc. If the time for ion exchange and crystallization is too short, a small proportion of ion exchange will occur, and it will be difficult for the oxide of the second metal cation to fully crystallize. The final degree of crystallization of the light blocking portion 50 will be too small, and it will not be able to play a very good role. The effect of preventing light channeling; or the final crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 is too large, which affects the light transmittance of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 . If the time for ion exchange and crystallization is too long, production efficiency will be affected.
在一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a为第三实施例的结构时,步骤S802之后,本实施例的方法还包括:去除表面发生结晶的第一部10a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分以得到第一透光部10,去除表面发生结晶的第二部30a相背两侧凸出于连接部50b的部分以得到第二透光部30。其它相关特征部分的描述请参见上述第三实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a has the structure of the third embodiment, after step S802, the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the first portion 10a that crystallizes on the surface protruding from opposite sides. The portion of the connecting portion 50b is removed to obtain the first light-transmitting portion 10, and the portions of the second portion 30a with crystallization on the surface protruding from the connecting portion 50b on both sides are removed to obtain the second light-transmitting portion 30. For descriptions of other relevant features, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of the above third embodiment, and will not be described again here.
在另一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a为第四实施例的结构时,步骤S802之前,本实施例的方法还包括:在第一透光部10与第二透光部30的表面形成保护层100’。步骤S802之后,本实施例的方法还包括:去除保护层100’。In other embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a has the structure of the fourth embodiment, before step S802, the method of this embodiment further includes: connecting the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 A protective layer 100' is formed on the surface. After step S802, the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图19,本申请第八实施例的玻璃盖板100的制备方法,其包括:Please refer to Figure 19, a method for preparing a glass cover 100 according to the eighth embodiment of the present application, which includes:
S801’,提供第一玻璃基材100a,所述第一玻璃基材100a具有第二金属阳离子;以及S801', provide a first glass substrate 100a, the first glass substrate 100a having a second metal cation; and
可选地,第二金属阳离子可以为但不限于为锂离子(Li +)、钠离子(Na +)、钾离子(K +)、铷离子(Rb +)、铯离子(Cs +)、银离子(Ag +)、镁离子(Mg 2+)、铝离子(Al 3+)、钙离子(Ca 2+)、锶离子(Sr 2+)、钡离子(Ba 2+)、钇离子(Y 3+)、锌离子(Zn 2+)、铜离子(Cu 2+)、金离子(Au 2+)中的至少一种。 Alternatively, the second metal cation may be, but is not limited to, lithium ion (Li + ), sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), rubidium ion (Rb + ), cesium ion (Cs + ), silver Ions (Ag + ), magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), aluminum ions (Al 3+ ), calcium ions (Ca 2+ ), strontium ions (Sr 2+ ), barium ions (Ba 2+ ), yttrium ions (Y 3+ ), zinc ions (Zn 2+ ), copper ions (Cu 2+ ), and gold ions (Au 2+ ).
本实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构可以为上述第五实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构,也可以为上述第六实施例的第一玻璃基材100a的结构。详细请参见第五实施例及第六实施例的关于第一玻璃基材100a的详细描述,在此不再赘述。The structure of the first glass substrate 100a of this embodiment may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned fifth embodiment, or may be the structure of the first glass substrate 100a of the above-mentioned sixth embodiment. For details, please refer to the detailed description of the first glass substrate 100a in the fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment, which will not be described again here.
S802’,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第一金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基材100a与具有第一金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度Te至Te1或Te至Te2下使第一玻璃基材100a中的至少部分第二金属阳离子与第一金属阳离子发生置换反应,并发生结晶,以得到玻璃盖板100,其中,Te为所述挡光部50的析晶温度(即连接部50a的析晶温度),Te1为所述第一透光部10的析晶温度,Te2为所述第二透光部30的析晶温度,且Te<Te1,Te<Te2。S802', place the first glass substrate 100a in the salt molten liquid or salt solution containing the first metal cation, or contact the first glass substrate 100a with the salt powder or oxide powder containing the first metal cation, and At the temperature Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, at least part of the second metal cations and the first metal cations in the first glass substrate 100a undergo a substitution reaction and crystallize to obtain the glass cover 100, wherein Te is the The crystallization temperature of the light-blocking part 50 (that is, the crystallization temperature of the connection part 50a), Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part 10, Te2 is the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part 30, and Te<Te1, Te<Te2.
可选地,将第一玻璃基材100a置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将第一玻璃基 材100a与具有第一金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度Te至Te1或Te至Te2下,进行离子置换时,该温度在第二金属阳离子氧化物的析晶温度(Te)以上,且在第一金属阳离子氧化物的析晶温度(Te1或Te2)以下,因此,当第一玻璃基材100a中的第二金属阳离子被第一金属阳离子替换,未被替换的第二金属阳离子的氧化物会接着发生析晶,从而进行结晶,而无需在进行热处理步骤,从而简化了玻璃盖板100制备的流程,降低了生产成本。Alternatively, the first glass substrate 100a is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate 100a is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a first metal cation, When ion replacement is performed at a temperature Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, the temperature is above the crystallization temperature (Te) of the second metal cation oxide and is above the crystallization temperature (Te1 or Te2) of the first metal cation oxide. ) below, therefore, when the second metal cation in the first glass substrate 100a is replaced by the first metal cation, the oxide of the unreplaced second metal cation will then crystallize, thereby crystallizing without further processing. The heat treatment step simplifies the preparation process of the glass cover 100 and reduces the production cost.
在一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a为第五实施例的结构时,步骤S802’之后,本实施例的方法还包括:去除第三部50a相背两侧凸出于第一部10a及第二部30a的部分,以得到连接部50b。其它相关特征部分的描述请参见上述第五实施例对应部分的描述,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a has the structure of the fifth embodiment, after step S802', the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the third portion 50a that protrudes from the first portion on opposite sides. 10a and the second part 30a to obtain the connecting part 50b. For descriptions of other relevant features, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of the above-mentioned fifth embodiment, which will not be described again here.
在另一些实施例中,当第一玻璃基材100a为第六实施例的结构时,步骤S802’之前,本实施例的方法还包括:在连接部50b的表面形成保护层100’。步骤S802’之后,本实施例的方法还包括:去除保护层100’。In other embodiments, when the first glass substrate 100a has the structure of the sixth embodiment, before step S802', the method of this embodiment further includes: forming a protective layer 100' on the surface of the connection part 50b. After step S802', the method of this embodiment further includes: removing the protective layer 100'.
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
请参见图20,本申请实施例还提供一种壳体300,其包括:壳体本体310、以及本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100或本申请的方法制备的玻璃盖板100,壳体本体310环绕玻璃盖板100的外周缘设置,且与玻璃盖板100连接。Referring to Figure 20, the embodiment of the present application also provides a housing 300, which includes: a housing body 310, and the glass cover 100 of the embodiment of the present application or the glass cover 100 prepared by the method of the present application. The housing body 310 is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover 100 and connected with the glass cover 100 .
在一些实施例中,玻璃盖板100与壳体本体310为分体结构,玻璃盖板100与壳体本体310通过粘合、熔接、拼接等方式连接到一起。在另一些实施例中,壳体本体310与玻璃盖板100为一体结构。制备时,提供壳体基材,在壳体基材对应盖板100的部分进行离子交换及热处理,以形成壳体本体310及玻璃盖板100为一体结构的壳体300。In some embodiments, the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are separate structures, and the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are connected together by adhesion, welding, splicing, etc. In other embodiments, the housing body 310 and the glass cover 100 are an integral structure. During preparation, a shell base material is provided, and ion exchange and heat treatment are performed on the portion of the shell base material corresponding to the cover plate 100 to form a shell 300 in which the shell body 310 and the glass cover plate 100 are an integrated structure.
请参见图21,本申请实施例的壳体300还包括盖底层330,盖底层330至少设置于壳体本体310的表面上。Referring to FIG. 21 , the housing 300 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a bottom cover 330 , and the bottom cover 330 is at least disposed on the surface of the housing body 310 .
在一些实施例中,盖底层330设置于壳体本体310上与第一表面511及第二表面513延伸方向平行的表面上。在另一些实施例中,盖底层330设置于壳体本体310的所有表面上。在又一些实施例中,盖底层330还设置于挡光部50的表面。In some embodiments, the cover layer 330 is disposed on a surface of the housing body 310 that is parallel to the extending direction of the first surface 511 and the second surface 513 . In other embodiments, the cover layer 330 is disposed on all surfaces of the housing body 310 . In some embodiments, the cover layer 330 is also disposed on the surface of the light blocking portion 50 .
可选地,盖底层330可以由具有反光作用、吸光作用中的至少一个的油墨,经光固化或热固化后得到。例如盖底层330由黑色油墨或者白色油墨经光固化或热固化后得到。当壳体300应用于电子设备400时,盖底层330用于遮蔽电子设备400内部的电子元器件,以使电子设备400具有更好的外观效果。Optionally, the cover bottom layer 330 can be obtained by photo-curing or heat-curing ink with at least one of light-reflecting and light-absorbing effects. For example, the cover bottom layer 330 is obtained by photo-curing or heat-curing black ink or white ink. When the casing 300 is applied to the electronic device 400, the bottom cover layer 330 is used to shield the electronic components inside the electronic device 400, so that the electronic device 400 has a better appearance.
可选地,壳体本体310可以为不限于为智能手表的后盖、智能手环的后盖、血氧监测仪的检测部件的外壳、心率检测仪的检测部件的外壳、脉搏检测仪的检测部件的外壳等。Optionally, the housing body 310 may be, but is not limited to, a back cover of a smart watch, a back cover of a smart bracelet, a housing for a detection component of a blood oxygen monitor, a housing for a detection component of a heart rate detector, or a detection component of a pulse detector. Component housings, etc.
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
可以理解地,本实施方式中的壳体300仅仅为玻璃盖板100所应用的壳体300的一种形态,不应当理解为对本申请提供的壳体300的限定,也不应当理解为对本申请各个实施方式提供的玻璃盖板100的限定。It can be understood that the housing 300 in this embodiment is only a form of the housing 300 applied to the glass cover 100, and should not be understood as limiting the housing 300 provided in this application, nor should it be understood as limiting the scope of this application. Various embodiments provide limitations for the glass cover 100 .
以下通过具体实施例对本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100、壳体300做进一步的描述。The glass cover 100 and the housing 300 according to the embodiment of the present application will be further described below through specific examples.
实施例1Example 1
请参见图22,本实施例的玻璃盖板100通过以下步骤进行制备:Referring to Figure 22, the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
1)提供第一玻璃基材100a,第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;第一部10a的相背两侧均凸出于第三部50a,且第二部30a的相背两侧均凸出第三部50a;第一玻璃基材100a的材质为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2;第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子Na +;Na +离子均匀分布于整个第一玻璃基材100a; 1) Provide a first glass substrate 100a. The first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a. The first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart. The third part 50a is located at the third part. Between one part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and the opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude from the third part 50a; the first glass The material of the substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation Na + ; Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
2)将第一玻璃基材100a浸入温度为480℃的熔融的LiNO 3中进行盐浴。盐浴过程中,玻璃片内部Na +离子与外部Li +离子发生交换盐浴的时间为4h。此时,当较薄的区域(第三部50a)中Li +离子扩散深度完全或大部分贯穿整片玻璃时,第三部50a以Li-Al-Si玻璃为主。Li +离子并未大量扩散至较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a)中间部分,此处玻璃仍然以Na-Al-Si玻璃为主; 2) Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten LiNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath. During the salt bath process, the exchange of Na + ions inside the glass piece with Li + ions outside takes place in the salt bath for 4 hours. At this time, when the Li + ion diffusion depth in the thinner region (the third part 50 a ) completely or mostly penetrates the entire glass, the third part 50 a is dominated by Li-Al-Si glass. Li + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the glass here is still dominated by Na-Al-Si glass;
3)将经步骤2)处理的第一玻璃基材100a冷却,去除较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a的台阶),剩余的玻璃片为Li-Al-Si玻璃和Na-Al-Si玻璃交替排列的第二玻璃基材100b。Li-Al-Si玻璃相较于Na-Al-Si玻璃具有更低的析晶温度;3) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step area (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the remaining glass pieces are Li-Al-Si glass and Na -A second glass substrate 100b in which Al-Si glass is alternately arranged. Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass;
4)将第二玻璃基材100b于560℃下进行热处理,热处理时间为4h。热处理后,Li-Al-Si玻璃区发生结晶,光学透过率下降,而析晶温度较高的Na-Al-Si玻璃几乎不结晶,仍然保持很高的透过率。如此,形成透光-不透光-透光结构。其中,不透光区域可以对PPG窗口内部传导的串扰光进行隔离,防止串扰光被感光芯片接收,干扰正常光信号。4) The second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours. After heat treatment, the Li-Al-Si glass area crystallizes and the optical transmittance decreases, while the Na-Al-Si glass with a higher crystallization temperature hardly crystallizes and still maintains a high transmittance. In this way, a light-transmitting-light-impermeable-light-transmitting structure is formed. Among them, the opaque area can isolate the crosstalk light conducted inside the PPG window to prevent the crosstalk light from being received by the photosensitive chip and interfering with normal optical signals.
实施例2Example 2
请参见图23,本实施例的玻璃盖板100通过以下步骤进行制备:Referring to Figure 23, the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
1)提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一透光部10、第二透光部30及第三部50a,第 一透光部10与第二透光部30间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一透光部10与第二透光部30之间;第一玻璃基材100a的材质为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2;第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子Na +;Na +离子均匀分布于整个第一玻璃基材100a; 1) Provide a first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first light-transmitting part 10, a second light-transmitting part 30 and a third part 50a, the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 are spaced apart It is provided that the third part 50a is located between the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; the material of the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25 Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ; the Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
2)在第一透光部10与第二透光部30的表面形成保护层100’;保护层100’为SiO 2薄膜。SiO 2薄膜能阻挡玻璃内外的离子交换; 2) Form a protective layer 100' on the surface of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30; the protective layer 100' is a SiO 2 thin film. The SiO 2 film can block ion exchange inside and outside the glass;
3)将第一玻璃基材100a浸入温度为480℃的熔融的LiNO 3中进行盐浴。盐浴过程中,玻璃片内部Na +离子与外部Li +离子发生交换盐浴的时间为4h,以使第三部50a形成连接部50b,以得到第二玻璃基材100b; 3) Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten LiNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath. During the salt bath process, Na + ions inside the glass sheet exchange with Li + ions outside the glass piece. The time of the salt bath is 4 hours, so that the third part 50a forms the connection part 50b to obtain the second glass substrate 100b;
4)将第二玻璃基材100b于560℃下进行热处理,热处理时间为4h,得到玻璃盖板100。4) Heat-treat the second glass substrate 100b at 560°C for 4 hours to obtain the glass cover 100.
实施例3Example 3
请参见图24,本实施例的玻璃盖板100通过以下步骤进行制备:Referring to Figure 24, the glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
1)提供第一玻璃基材100a;第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出于第一部10a,且第三部50a的相背两侧均凸出第二部30a;第一玻璃基材100a的材质为Li-Al-Si玻璃,Li-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为20Li 2O-10Al 2O 3-70SiO 2;第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子Li +;Li +离子均匀分布于整个第一玻璃基材100a; 1) Provide a first glass substrate 100a; the first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a, the first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart, and the third part 50a is located at the Between one part 10a and the second part 30a; both opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the first part 10a, and both opposite sides of the third part 50a protrude from the second part 30a; first glass The material of the substrate 100a is Li-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Li-Al-Si glass is 20Li 2 O-10Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has a first metal cation Li + ; Li + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
2)将第一玻璃基材100a浸入温度为480℃的熔融的NaNO 3中进行盐浴。盐浴过程中,玻璃片内部Li +离子与外部Na +离子发生交换盐浴的时间为4h。此时,当较薄的区域(第一部10a及第二部30a)中Na +离子扩散深度完全或大部分贯穿整片玻璃时,此处玻璃以Na-Al-Si玻璃为主。Na +离子并未大量扩散至较厚的台阶区域(第三部50a)中间部分,此处玻璃仍然以Li-Al-Si玻璃为主,最后使第一部10a形成第一透光部10,第二部30a形成第二透光部30; 2) Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten NaNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath. During the salt bath process, Li + ions inside the glass piece exchange with Na + ions outside. The time in the salt bath is 4 hours. At this time, when the Na + ion diffusion depth in the thinner area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a) completely or mostly penetrates the entire glass, the glass here is mainly Na-Al-Si glass. Na + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (third part 50a), where the glass is still dominated by Li-Al-Si glass, and finally the first part 10a forms the first light-transmitting part 10. The second part 30a forms the second light-transmitting part 30;
3)冷却后,去除第三部50a相背两侧凸出于第一透光部10及第二透光部30的部分,以得到连接部50b,以得到第二玻璃基材100b。3) After cooling, remove the parts protruding from the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 on opposite sides of the third part 50a to obtain the connecting part 50b to obtain the second glass substrate 100b.
4)将第二玻璃基材100b于560℃下进行热处理,热处理时间为4h。热处理后,Li-Al-Si玻璃区发生结晶,光学透过率下降,而析晶温度较高的Na-Al-Si玻璃几乎不结晶,仍然保持很高的透过率。如此,形成透光-不透光-透光结构。其中,不透光区域可以对PPG窗口内部传导的串扰光进行隔离,防止串扰光被感光芯片接收,干扰正常光信号。4) The second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours. After heat treatment, the Li-Al-Si glass area crystallizes and the optical transmittance decreases, while the Na-Al-Si glass with a higher crystallization temperature hardly crystallizes and still maintains a high transmittance. In this way, a light-transmitting-light-impermeable-light-transmitting structure is formed. Among them, the opaque area can isolate the crosstalk light conducted inside the PPG window to prevent the crosstalk light from being received by the photosensitive chip and interfering with normal optical signals.
实施例4Example 4
本实施例的玻璃盖板100通过以下步骤进行制备:The glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
1)提供第一玻璃基材100a,请参见图25及图26,第一玻璃基材100a包括一个第一部10a、四个第二部30a及四个第三部50a,四个第二部30a间隔设置,每个第三部50a环绕一个第二部30a的外周缘与第二部30a连接设置,一个第三部50a对应一个第二部30a,第一部10a环绕每个第三部50a设置,第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a为一体结构;第一部10a的相背两侧均凸出于第三部50a,且第二部30a的相背两侧均凸出第三部50a(换言之,第三部50a的相背两侧凹陷与第一部10a及第二部30a);第一玻璃基材100a的材质为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2;第一玻璃基材100a具有第一金属阳离子Na +;Na +离子均匀分布于整个第一玻璃基材100a; 1) Provide a first glass substrate 100a. Please refer to Figures 25 and 26. The first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, four second parts 30a and four third parts 50a. The four second parts 30a are arranged at intervals, each third part 50a is arranged around the outer periphery of a second part 30a and is connected to the second part 30a, one third part 50a corresponds to one second part 30a, and the first part 10a surrounds each third part 50a It is provided that the first part 10a, the second part 30a and the third part 50a are of an integrated structure; both opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and both opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude. The third part 50a (in other words, the opposite sides of the third part 50a are recessed from the first part 10a and the second part 30a); the material of the first glass substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, Na-Al- The molar composition of Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ; the Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
2)将第一玻璃基材100a浸入温度为480℃的熔融的LiNO 3中进行盐浴。盐浴过程中,玻璃片内部Na +离子与外部Li +离子发生交换盐浴的时间为4h;此时,当较薄的区域(第三部50a)中Li +离子扩散深度完全或大部分贯穿整片玻璃时,因此,第三部50a以Li-Al-Si玻璃为主。Li +离子并未大量扩散至较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a)中间部分,此处玻璃仍然以Na-Al-Si玻璃为主; 2) Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten LiNO 3 at a temperature of 480°C for a salt bath. During the salt bath process, the Na + ions inside the glass piece exchange with the Li + ions outside. The time of the salt bath is 4 hours; at this time, when the diffusion depth of Li + ions in the thinner area (the third part 50a) is completely or mostly penetrated When the whole piece of glass is used, therefore, the third part 50a is mainly made of Li-Al-Si glass. Li + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the glass here is still dominated by Na-Al-Si glass;
3)将经步骤2)处理的第一玻璃基材100a冷却,去除较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a的台阶),剩余的玻璃片为Li-Al-Si玻璃和Na-Al-Si玻璃交替排列的第二玻璃基材100b。Li-Al-Si玻璃相较于Na-Al-Si玻璃具有更低的析晶温度;3) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step area (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the remaining glass pieces are Li-Al-Si glass and Na -A second glass substrate 100b in which Al-Si glass is alternately arranged. Li-Al-Si glass has a lower crystallization temperature than Na-Al-Si glass;
4)将第二玻璃基材100b于560℃下进行热处理,热处理时间为4h,得到玻璃盖板100,玻璃盖板100如图27及图28所示包括一个第一透光部10、四个第二透光部30及四个挡光部50,四个第二透光部30间隔设置,每个挡光部50环绕一个第二透光部30的外周缘与第二透光部30连接设置,一个挡光部50对应一个第二透光部30,第一透光部10环绕每个挡光部50设置。4) The second glass substrate 100b is heat treated at 560°C for a heat treatment time of 4 hours to obtain a glass cover 100. As shown in Figures 27 and 28, the glass cover 100 includes a first light-transmitting part 10, four The second light-transmitting part 30 and four light-blocking parts 50 are arranged at intervals. Each light-blocking part 50 surrounds the outer periphery of a second light-transmitting part 30 and is connected to the second light-transmitting part 30 It is provided that one light-blocking part 50 corresponds to one second light-transmitting part 30 , and the first light-transmitting part 10 is arranged around each light-blocking part 50 .
本实施例得到的玻璃盖板100可以在防串扰的同时,提高光源和芯片对应透光窗口的面积,减少光强损失,降低功耗。本实施例中,挡光部50被设计成较窄的圆环结构,如此增加整个PPG窗口透光面积,从而提高有效信号光功率的占比,提高光效率,降低光源功耗。The glass cover 100 obtained in this embodiment can prevent crosstalk, increase the area of the light-transmitting window corresponding to the light source and the chip, reduce light intensity loss, and reduce power consumption. In this embodiment, the light blocking portion 50 is designed as a narrow annular structure, thereby increasing the light transmission area of the entire PPG window, thereby increasing the proportion of effective signal light power, improving light efficiency, and reducing light source power consumption.
实施例5Example 5
本实施例的玻璃盖板100通过以下步骤进行制备:The glass cover 100 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
1)提供第一玻璃基材100a,第一玻璃基材100a包括第一部10a、第二部30a及第三部50a,第一部10a与第二部30a间隔设置,第三部50a位于第一部10a与第二部30a之间;第一部10a的相背两侧均凸出于第三部50a,且第二部30a的相背两侧均凸出第三部50a;第一玻璃基材100a的材质为Na-Al-Si玻璃,Na-Al-Si玻璃的摩尔成分为25Na 2O-5Al 2O 3-70SiO 2;第一玻璃基材100a具有地第一金属阳离子Na +;Na +离子均匀分布于整个第一玻璃基材100a; 1) Provide a first glass substrate 100a. The first glass substrate 100a includes a first part 10a, a second part 30a and a third part 50a. The first part 10a and the second part 30a are spaced apart. The third part 50a is located at the third part. Between one part 10a and the second part 30a; the opposite sides of the first part 10a protrude from the third part 50a, and the opposite sides of the second part 30a protrude from the third part 50a; the first glass The material of the substrate 100a is Na-Al-Si glass, and the molar composition of the Na-Al-Si glass is 25Na 2 O-5Al 2 O 3 -70SiO 2 ; the first glass substrate 100a has the first metal cation Na + ; Na + ions are evenly distributed throughout the first glass substrate 100a;
2)将第一玻璃基材100a浸入温度为530℃的熔融的LiNO 3中进行盐浴。盐浴过程中,玻璃片内部Na +离子与外部Li +离子发生交换盐浴的时间为4h。此时,当较薄的区域(第三部50a)中Li +离子扩散深度完全或大部分贯穿整片玻璃时,因此,第三部50a以Li-Al-Si玻璃为主。Li +离子并未大量扩散至较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a)中间部分,此处玻璃仍然以Na-Al-Si玻璃为主;由于盐浴温度在Li-Al-Si玻璃的析晶温度,因此,生成的Li-Al-Si玻璃会发生结晶; 2) Immerse the first glass substrate 100a into molten LiNO 3 at a temperature of 530°C for a salt bath. During the salt bath process, the exchange of Na + ions inside the glass piece with Li + ions outside takes place in the salt bath for 4 hours. At this time, when the Li + ion diffusion depth in the thinner region (the third part 50 a ) completely or mostly penetrates the entire glass, therefore, the third part 50 a is dominated by Li-Al-Si glass. Li + ions have not diffused in large quantities to the middle part of the thicker step area (the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and the glass here is still dominated by Na-Al-Si glass; because the salt bath temperature is between Li-Al- Crystallization temperature of Si glass, therefore, the generated Li-Al-Si glass will crystallize;
3)将经步骤2)处理的第一玻璃基材100a冷却,去除较厚的台阶区域(第一部10a及第二部30a的台阶),形成透光-不透光-透光结构。3) Cool the first glass substrate 100a processed in step 2), remove the thicker step areas (the steps of the first part 10a and the second part 30a), and form a light-transmitting-light-opaque-light-transmitting structure.
实施例6Example 6
本实施例的壳体300通过以下步骤进行制备:The housing 300 of this embodiment is prepared through the following steps:
本实施例的制备方法与实施例4相同,不同之处在于,第一玻璃基材100a还包括壳体基材,壳体基材最后形成壳体本体,制得的壳体包括玻璃盖板100与壳体本体,壳体本体环绕盖板玻璃的外周缘设置,玻璃盖板100与壳体本体为一体结构。The preparation method of this embodiment is the same as that of Embodiment 4. The difference is that the first glass substrate 100a also includes a shell substrate. The shell substrate finally forms the shell body. The manufactured shell includes a glass cover 100 The housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the cover glass, and the glass cover plate 100 and the housing body form an integrated structure.
以上实施例1至实施例6的制得的玻璃盖板100或壳体300的各项性能如下表1所示。Various properties of the glass cover 100 or the housing 300 produced in the above embodiments 1 to 6 are shown in Table 1 below.
表1实施例1至实施例6制得的玻璃盖板100或壳体300的各项性能Table 1 Various properties of the glass cover 100 or casing 300 prepared in Examples 1 to 6
Figure PCTCN2022139172-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022139172-appb-000001
由实施例1至实施例6的测试结果可知,采用本申请的方法制备得到的玻璃盖板100的挡光部50的结晶度远远高于第一透光部10级第二透光部30的结晶度,从而使得挡光部50具有良好的防窜光效果。It can be seen from the test results of Examples 1 to 6 that the crystallinity of the light-blocking part 50 of the glass cover 100 prepared by the method of the present application is much higher than that of the first light-transmitting part 10 and the second light-transmitting part 30 The crystallinity is such that the light blocking portion 50 has a good anti-broadcasting effect.
请参见图29及图30,本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备400,其包括:本申请实施例的玻璃盖板100、发光器410以及光接收器430。发光器410设于玻璃盖板100的一侧,靠近第一透光部10设置,用于向第一透光部10出射光线;光接收器430与发光器410设置于玻璃盖板100的同一侧且靠近第二透光部30设置,用于接收透过第一透光部10且被反射入第二透光部30的光线。Referring to Figures 29 and 30, an embodiment of the present application further provides an electronic device 400, which includes: the glass cover 100, the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 of the embodiment of the present application. The light emitter 410 is disposed on one side of the glass cover 100 and is disposed close to the first light transmitting part 10 for emitting light to the first light transmitting part 10; the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 are disposed on the same side of the glass cover 100. The second light-transmitting part 30 is disposed sideways and close to the second light-transmitting part 30 for receiving light that passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part 30 .
应该理解,本申请的发光器410靠近第一透光部10设置可以理解为发光器410与第一透光部10对应设置;换言之,可以理解为发光器410出射的光线照射于第一透光部10,并至少部分穿过第一透光部10。同理,本申请的光接收器430靠近第二透光部30设置可以理解为光接收器430与第二透光部30对应设置;换言之,可以理解为光接收器430可以接收发光器410出射的,且被反射进入第二透光部30的光线。It should be understood that the placement of the light emitter 410 close to the first light-transmitting part 10 in this application can be understood to mean that the light-emitting emitter 410 is provided corresponding to the first light-transmitting part 10; in other words, it can be understood that the light emitted from the light emitter 410 irradiates the first light-transmitting part 10. part 10 , and at least partially passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 . Similarly, in this application, the light receiver 430 is disposed close to the second light-transmitting part 30, which can be understood to mean that the light receiver 430 is disposed corresponding to the second light-transmitting part 30; in other words, it can be understood that the light receiver 430 can receive the light emitted from the light emitter 410. , and is reflected by the light entering the second light-transmitting part 30 .
工作时,电子设备400的玻璃盖板100远离发光器410及光接收器430的一侧靠近人体(例如手腕),电子设备400的发光器410发出的光线穿过第一透光部10,到达人体皮肤后,被反射回来,穿过第二透光部30后传送至光接收器430进行感测。具体地,当发光器410发射的一定波长的光束(例如绿光)照射到皮肤表面时,光束将通过透射或反射方式传送到光接收器430,在此过程中由于受到皮肤肌肉和血液吸收的衰减作用,光接收器430监测到光的强度将减弱。人体的皮肤、骨骼、肉、脂肪等对光的反射是固定值,而毛细血管和动静脉则在心脏的作用下随着脉搏容积不停变大变小。当心脏收缩时,外周血容量最多、光吸收量也最大,光接收器430检测到的光强度最小;而在心脏舒张时反之,光接收器430检测到的光强度最大,进而使光接收器430接收到的光强度随之呈脉动性变化,同时,血液中含氧血红蛋白和脱氧血红蛋白对特定波长的光具有不同的吸收系数,从而可以根据光接收器430检测到的反射光信号来对脉搏、血氧等进行检测。当进入第一透光部10光线射向挡光部50(该部分光线可以称为窜扰光)时,挡光部50中的结晶颗粒(即晶粒)对窜扰光具有散射作用、吸收作用或反射作用中的至少一种,从而大大降低了挡光部50的透光率,进而大大衰减了窜扰光穿过挡光部50,进入第二透光部30被光接收器430接收,从而提高了光接收器430接收到的光信号的信噪比,以使电子设备400对脉搏、心率、血氧等检测的准确率大大提升。During operation, the side of the glass cover 100 of the electronic device 400 away from the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 is close to the human body (such as the wrist), and the light emitted by the light emitter 410 of the electronic device 400 passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and reaches After being reflected by the human skin, it passes through the second light-transmitting part 30 and is transmitted to the light receiver 430 for sensing. Specifically, when the light beam (for example, green light) of a certain wavelength emitted by the light emitter 410 irradiates the skin surface, the light beam will be transmitted to the light receiver 430 through transmission or reflection. During this process, due to absorption by skin muscles and blood, Due to the attenuation effect, the intensity of the light detected by the light receiver 430 will decrease. The reflection of light by the human body's skin, bones, meat, fat, etc. is a fixed value, while the capillaries, arteries and veins continue to increase and decrease with the pulse volume under the action of the heart. When the heart contracts, the peripheral blood volume is the largest and the amount of light absorption is the largest, so the light intensity detected by the light receiver 430 is the smallest; on the contrary, when the heart relaxes, the light intensity detected by the light receiver 430 is the largest, thus causing the light receiver to The light intensity received by 430 then changes pulsatingly. At the same time, oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin in the blood have different absorption coefficients for light of specific wavelengths, so that the pulse can be detected based on the reflected light signal detected by the light receiver 430. , blood oxygen, etc. for testing. When the light entering the first light-transmitting part 10 is emitted to the light-blocking part 50 (this part of the light may be called interference light), the crystal particles (i.e., crystal grains) in the light-blocking part 50 have a scattering effect, an absorption effect, or an effect on the interference light. At least one of the reflection effects greatly reduces the light transmittance of the light blocking part 50, thereby greatly attenuating the interference light passing through the light blocking part 50, entering the second light transmitting part 30 and being received by the light receiver 430, thereby improving the The signal-to-noise ratio of the optical signal received by the optical receiver 430 is improved, so that the accuracy of the electronic device 400 in detecting pulse, heart rate, blood oxygen, etc. is greatly improved.
本申请的电子设备400包括但不限于包括可穿戴设备(例如智能眼镜、智能手表、智能手环等)、血氧监测仪、心率检测仪、脉搏检测仪、手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、电子阅读器、游戏机等带有健康检测 功能的电子设备400。The electronic device 400 of this application includes, but is not limited to, wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.), blood oxygen monitors, heart rate detectors, pulse detectors, mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, electronic devices, etc. Readers, game consoles and other electronic devices with health detection functions 400.
可选地,发光器410可以为但不限于为发光二极管灯(Light-Emitting Diode,LED灯)、微发光二极管等(Micro LED灯)、次毫米发光二极管灯(mini LED灯或迷你LED灯)等。发光器410可以包括红光发光单元、蓝光发光单元、绿光发光单元、红外发光单元、白光发光单元中的一种或多种。换言之,发光器410可以发出红光、蓝光、绿光、红外光、白光以及他们任意之间混合颜色中的一种或多种。又换言之,可以通过控制各个发光单元的发光情况,控制发光器410发出的光线的波长。可选地,发光器410的数量可以但不限于为1个、2个、3个、4个、5个等,具体数量本申请不作具体限定。Optionally, the light emitter 410 may be, but is not limited to, a light-emitting diode (Light-Emitting Diode, LED light), a micro-light-emitting diode (Micro LED light), or a sub-millimeter light-emitting diode light (mini LED light or mini LED light). wait. The light emitter 410 may include one or more of a red light emitting unit, a blue light emitting unit, a green light emitting unit, an infrared light emitting unit, and a white light emitting unit. In other words, the light emitter 410 can emit one or more of red light, blue light, green light, infrared light, white light, and any mixed colors therebetween. In other words, the wavelength of the light emitted by the light emitter 410 can be controlled by controlling the light emission of each light emitting unit. Optionally, the number of light emitters 410 may be, but is not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the specific number is not specifically limited in this application.
可选地,可以根据不同的检测项目,使发光器410发出不同波长的光线。例如,当需要进行心率检测时,可以选用525nm波长的光源,因为含氧血红蛋白和脱氧血红蛋白对525nm吸收系数较大,采用波长525nm的光源可以使得心率的检测更为准确,更好的避免误差。又例如,当进行血氧检测时,可以选用660nm和940nm波长的光源,含氧血红蛋白与脱氧血红蛋白对660nm波长的光线的吸收系数差别最大,适合血氧浓度的检测;但是,脉搏在跳动时,人体皮肤组织会有一定程度的收缩或扩张,这些会引入新的光程差。660nm和940nm的光程差匹配较好,可近似认为相等,在进行拟合计算时,可通过两者比值直接消除光程差带来的影响。Optionally, the light emitter 410 can be caused to emit light of different wavelengths according to different detection items. For example, when heart rate detection is required, a light source with a wavelength of 525 nm can be used. Because oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin have a large absorption coefficient at 525 nm, using a light source with a wavelength of 525 nm can make the heart rate detection more accurate and better avoid errors. For another example, when performing blood oxygen detection, you can choose light sources with wavelengths of 660nm and 940nm. Oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin have the greatest difference in absorption coefficients of light at 660nm wavelength, which is suitable for detecting blood oxygen concentration; however, when the pulse is beating, Human skin tissue will shrink or expand to a certain extent, which will introduce new optical path differences. The optical path differences of 660nm and 940nm match well and can be approximately considered equal. When performing fitting calculations, the influence of the optical path difference can be directly eliminated through the ratio of the two.
可选地,光接收器430可以为但不限于为光电二极管接收传感器(Photo Diode,PD接收传感器)。光接收器430的数量可以为一个或多个,例如2个、3个、4个、5个等。当光接收器430和发光器410的数量均为一个时,光接收器430与发光器410间隔设置。当光接收器430的数量为多个,发光器410的数量为一个时,多个光接收器430间隔设置,且环绕发光器410设置。当光接收器430和发光器410的数量均为多个时,光接收器430与发光器410交替设置。在一些实施例中,多个光接收器430均匀或对称设置在发光器410的周围。在另一些实施例中,多个光接收器430不均匀设置在发光器410的周围。当光接收器430的数量为多个时,发光器410射出的光线被反射射入光接收器430后,可以有更多的光线被光接收器430接收,可以减少可电子设备400检测的误差,提高可电子设备400检测的准确率和精度。Optionally, the light receiver 430 may be, but is not limited to, a photodiode receiving sensor (Photo Diode, PD receiving sensor). The number of light receivers 430 may be one or more, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. When the number of the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 is both one, the light receiver 430 and the light emitter 410 are spaced apart. When the number of light receivers 430 is multiple and the number of light emitters 410 is one, the plurality of light receivers 430 are arranged at intervals and around the light emitter 410 . When there are multiple light receivers 430 and light emitters 410, the light receivers 430 and the light emitters 410 are arranged alternately. In some embodiments, a plurality of light receivers 430 are uniformly or symmetrically arranged around the light emitter 410 . In other embodiments, the plurality of light receivers 430 are non-uniformly disposed around the light emitter 410 . When the number of light receivers 430 is multiple, after the light emitted by the light emitter 410 is reflected and injected into the light receiver 430, more light can be received by the light receiver 430, which can reduce the error that can be detected by the electronic device 400. , improve the accuracy and precision of the electronic device 400 detection.
请一并参见图31,在一些实施例中,本申请实施例的电子设备400还包括处理器450及存储器470。处理器450分别与发光器410及光接收器430电连接,用于控制发光器410出射光线,并控制光接收器430接收透过第一透光部10且被反射入第二透光部30的光线,同时根据发光器410出射的光线以及光接收器430接收到的光线获取目标对象血压、血氧、脉搏等数据;存储器470与处理器450电连接,用于存储处理器450运行所需的程序代码,控制发光器410及光接收器430工作所需的程序代码等。Please refer to Figure 31 as well. In some embodiments, the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a processor 450 and a memory 470. The processor 450 is electrically connected to the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 respectively, and is used to control the light emitter 410 to emit light, and control the light receiver 430 to receive light that passes through the first light-transmitting part 10 and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part 30 At the same time, the target object's blood pressure, blood oxygen, pulse and other data are obtained according to the light emitted by the light emitter 410 and the light received by the light receiver 430; the memory 470 is electrically connected to the processor 450 and is used to store the requirements for the operation of the processor 450 Program code, program code required to control the operation of the light emitter 410 and the light receiver 430, etc.
可选地,处理器450包括一个或者多个通用处理器450,其中,通用处理器450可以是能够处理电子指令的任何类型的设备,包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、微处理器、微控制器、主处理器、控制器以及ASIC等等。处理器450用于执行各种类型的数字存储指令,例如存储在存储器470中的软件或者固件程序,它能使计算设备提供较宽的多种服务。Optionally, the processor 450 includes one or more general-purpose processors 450, where the general-purpose processor 450 can be any type of device capable of processing electronic instructions, including a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a microprocessor , microcontrollers, main processors, controllers, ASICs, etc. The processor 450 is used to execute various types of digital storage instructions, such as software or firmware programs stored in the memory 470, which can enable the computing device to provide a wide variety of services.
可选地,存储器470可以包括易失性存(Volatile Memory),例如随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM);存储器470也可以包括非易失性存储器(Non-Volatile Memory,NVM),例如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、快闪存储器(Flash Memory,FM)、硬盘(Hard Disk Drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(Solid-State Drive,SSD)。存储器470还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。Optionally, the memory 470 may include volatile memory (Volatile Memory), such as random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM); the memory 470 may also include non-volatile memory (Non-Volatile Memory, NVM), such as Read-Only Memory (ROM), Flash Memory (FM), Hard Disk Drive (HDD) or Solid-State Drive (SSD). Memory 470 may also include a combination of the types of memory described above.
请一并参见图32及图33,在一些实施例中,本申请实施例的电子设备400还包括显示组件420,显示组件420与玻璃盖板100间隔设置,发光器410与光接收器430位于显示组件420及玻璃盖板100之间。显示组件420与处理器450电连接,用于在处理器450的控制下进行显示。存储器470还用于存储控制显示组件420工作所需的程序代码、显示组件420的显示内容等。Please refer to Figure 32 and Figure 33 together. In some embodiments, the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application also includes a display component 420. The display component 420 is spaced apart from the glass cover 100, and the emitter 410 and the light receiver 430 are located at a distance from the glass cover 100. between the display assembly 420 and the glass cover 100 . The display component 420 is electrically connected to the processor 450 and is used for display under the control of the processor 450 . The memory 470 is also used to store the program code required to control the operation of the display component 420, the display content of the display component 420, and the like.
可选地,显示组件420可以为但不限于为液晶显示组件、发光二极管显示组件(LED显示组件)、微发光二极管显示组件(Micro LED显示组件)、次毫米发光二极管显示组件(Mini LED显示组件)、有机发光二极管显示组件(OLED显示组件)等中的一种或多种。Optionally, the display component 420 may be, but is not limited to, a liquid crystal display component, a light emitting diode display component (LED display component), a micro light emitting diode display component (Micro LED display component), a sub-millimeter light emitting diode display component (Mini LED display component). ), one or more of organic light-emitting diode display components (OLED display components), etc.
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例的电子设备400还包括壳体本体310,壳体本体310环绕玻璃盖板100的外周缘设置,且与玻璃盖板100。In some embodiments, the electronic device 400 of the embodiment of the present application further includes a housing body 310 , which is disposed around the outer periphery of the glass cover 100 and connected with the glass cover 100 .
在一些实施例中,玻璃盖板100与壳体本体310为分体结构,玻璃盖板100与壳体本体310通过粘合、熔接、拼接等方式连接到一起。在另一些实施例中,壳体本体310与玻璃盖板100为一体结构。In some embodiments, the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are separate structures, and the glass cover 100 and the casing body 310 are connected together by adhesion, welding, splicing, etc. In other embodiments, the housing body 310 and the glass cover 100 are an integral structure.
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
如图32所示,当电子设备400为可穿戴设备时,本申请实施例的电子设备400还包括:腕带440,腕带440连接于壳体本体310,用于将电子设备400套设于目标对象(例如手腕)上。As shown in Figure 32, when the electronic device 400 is a wearable device, the electronic device 400 in the embodiment of the present application further includes: a wristband 440. The wristband 440 is connected to the housing body 310 and is used to set the electronic device 400 on the body. on the target object (e.g. wrist).
可选地,腕带440可以为一条,也可以为两条。当腕带440为一条时,腕带440的相对两端分别连接壳体本体310的相对两端,以使腕带440与壳体本体310围合成穿戴槽441,以套设于目标对象上。当腕带440为两条时,两条腕带440分别连接于壳体本体310的相对两端,两条腕带440远离壳体本体310的端部扣合,以使腕带440与壳体本体310围合成穿戴槽441,以套设于目标对象上。Optionally, the number of wristbands 440 may be one or two. When there is one wristband 440, the opposite ends of the wristband 440 are respectively connected to the opposite ends of the housing body 310, so that the wristband 440 and the housing body 310 form a wearing groove 441 for being put on the target object. When there are two wrist straps 440, the two wrist straps 440 are connected to the opposite ends of the housing body 310, and the ends of the two wrist straps 440 away from the housing body 310 are buckled together so that the wrist straps 440 are connected to the housing. The main body 310 forms a wearing groove 441 for being placed on the target object.
本实施例与上述实施例相同特征部分的详细描述请参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。For a detailed description of the same features of this embodiment and the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment and will not be described again here.
可以理解地,本实施方式中的电子设备400仅仅为玻璃盖板100所应用的电子设备400的一种形态,不应当理解为对本申请提供的电子设备400的限定,也不应当理解为对本申请各个实施方式提供的玻璃盖板100的限定。It can be understood that the electronic device 400 in this embodiment is only a form of the electronic device 400 to which the glass cover 100 is applied. It should not be understood as limiting the electronic device 400 provided in this application, nor should it be understood as limiting the scope of this application. Various embodiments provide limitations for the glass cover 100 .
在本申请中提及“实施例”、“实施方式”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本申请所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。此外,还应该理解的是,本申请各实施例所描述的特征、结构或特性,在相互之间不存在矛盾的情况下,可以任意组合,形成又一未脱离本申请技术方案的精神和范围的实施例。References in this application to "embodiments" and "implementations" mean that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the application. The appearances of phrases in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It will be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments. In addition, it should also be understood that the features, structures or characteristics described in the embodiments of the present application can be arbitrarily combined to form another one without departing from the spirit and scope of the technical solution of the present application, provided there is no contradiction between them. embodiment.
最后应说明的是,以上实施方式仅用以说明本申请的技术方案而非限制,尽管参照以上较佳实施方式对本申请进行了详细说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解,可以对本申请的技术方案进行修改或等同替换都不应脱离本申请技术方案的精神和范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application and are not limiting. Although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the above preferred embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the technical solutions of the present application can be modified. Any modification or equivalent substitution of the solution shall not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solution of this application.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种玻璃盖板,其特征在于,包括:A glass cover, characterized in that it includes:
    第一透光部;the first light-transmitting part;
    第二透光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;以及a second light-transmitting part, the second light-transmitting part being spaced apart from the first light-transmitting part; and
    挡光部,所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,其中,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。A light-blocking part, the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part is used to prevent the light entering the first light-transmitting part from entering the The light from the second light-transmitting part passes through the light-blocking part to channel light, wherein the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than The crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述玻璃盖板满足关系式:The glass cover according to claim 1, wherein the glass cover satisfies the relationship:
    40%≤R-R1≤90%;以及40%≤R-R1≤90%; and
    40%≤R-R2≤90%;40%≤R-R2≤90%;
    其中,R为所述挡光部的结晶度,R1为所述第一透光部的结晶度,R2为所述第二透光部的结晶度。Wherein, R is the crystallinity of the light-blocking part, R1 is the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and R2 is the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述挡光部具有结晶颗粒,所述结晶颗粒的粒径d的范围为1μm≤d≤200μm,或者为2μm≤d≤50μm。The glass cover plate according to claim 1, wherein the light-blocking part has crystal particles, and the particle size d of the crystal particles ranges from 1 μm ≤ d ≤ 200 μm, or 2 μm ≤ d ≤ 50 μm.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述第一透光部、所述挡光部及所述第二透光部为一体结构;所述第一透光部的组分、所述挡光部的组分以及所述第二透光部的组分具有相同的化学通式。The glass cover according to claim 1, wherein the first light-transmitting part, the light-blocking part and the second light-transmitting part are of an integrated structure; the components of the first light-transmitting part , the components of the light-blocking part and the components of the second light-transmitting part have the same chemical formula.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述第一透光部包括第一金属阳离子,所述第二透光部包括第一金属阳离子,所述挡光部包括第二金属阳离子,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。The glass cover according to claim 4, wherein the first light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation, the second light-transmitting part includes a first metal cation, and the light-blocking part includes a second metal cation. Cations, the elements of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述第一金属阳离子包括锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子、银离子、镁离子、铝离子、钙离子、锶离子、钡离子、钇离子、锌离子、铜离子、金离子中的至少一种;所述第二金属阳离子包括锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子、银离子、镁离子、铝离子、钙离子、锶离子、钡离子、钇离子、锌离子、铜离子、金离子中的至少一种。The glass cover according to claim 5, wherein the first metal cations include lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, aluminum ions, calcium ions, and strontium ions. At least one of ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, copper ions, and gold ions; the second metal cations include lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, silver ions, magnesium ions, At least one of aluminum ions, calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, yttrium ions, zinc ions, copper ions, and gold ions.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,在300nm至1500nm的波段范围内,所述第一透光部的透光率T1的范围为T1≥20%,所述第二透光部的透光率T2的范围为T2≥20%,所述挡光部的透光率T的范围为T≤80%×T1且T≤80%×T2。The glass cover according to claim 1, characterized in that, in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 1500 nm, the range of the light transmittance T1 of the first light transmitting part is T1≥20%, and the range of the second light transmitting part is T1≥20%. The range of the light transmittance T2 of the light blocking part is T2≥20%, and the range of the light transmittance T of the light blocking part is T≤80%×T1 and T≤80%×T2.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的玻璃盖板,其特征在于,所述第一透光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种;所述第二透光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃、铝酸盐玻璃中的至少一种;所述挡光部为硅酸盐玻璃、铝硅酸盐玻璃、磷酸盐玻璃、铝磷酸盐玻璃、硼酸盐玻璃中、铝酸盐玻璃的至少一种。The glass cover according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the first light-transmitting part is made of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, boric acid At least one of salt glass and aluminate glass; the second light-transmitting part is silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, aluminate glass at least one of; the light blocking part is at least one of silicate glass, aluminosilicate glass, phosphate glass, aluminophosphate glass, borate glass, and aluminate glass.
  9. 一种玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for preparing a glass cover plate, which is characterized by including:
    提供第一玻璃基材;以及providing a first glass substrate; and
    对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到玻璃盖板,所述玻璃盖板包括第一透光部、第二透光部及挡光部,所述第二透光部与所述第一透光部间隔设置;所述挡光部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度,且所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。The first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain a glass cover plate. The glass cover plate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a light-blocking part. The second light-transmitting part and The first light-transmitting parts are arranged at intervals; the light-blocking part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part is used to prevent entry into the first light-transmitting part. The light rays entering the second light-transmitting part pass through the light-blocking part, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part, and the light-blocking part The crystallinity is greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,包括:The method for preparing a glass cover plate according to claim 9, wherein the step of performing ion exchange and crystallization on the first glass substrate to obtain the glass cover plate includes:
    对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材,所述第二玻璃基材包括第一透光部、第二透光部及连接部,所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部间隔设置;所述连接部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间;以及Perform ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate. The second glass substrate includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a connecting part. The first light-transmitting part The connection part is spaced apart from the second light-transmitting part; the connecting part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part; and
    对所述第二玻璃基材进行热处理,以使所述连接部进行结晶形成挡光部,所述挡光部用于防止进入所述第一透光部的光线与进入所述第二透光部的光线穿过所述挡光部发生窜光,所述挡光部的结晶度大于所述第一透光部的结晶度且大于所述第二透光部的结晶度。The second glass base material is heat-treated to crystallize the connecting portion to form a light-blocking portion, the light-blocking portion being used to prevent light entering the first light-transmitting portion from entering the second light-transmitting portion. Part of the light passes through the light-blocking part to cause light channeling, and the crystallinity of the light-blocking part is greater than the crystallinity of the first light-transmitting part and greater than the crystallinity of the second light-transmitting part.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及第三部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;所述第一部的相背两侧均凸出于所述第三部,且所述第二部的相背两侧均凸出所述第三部;The method for preparing a glass cover according to claim 10, wherein the first glass base material includes a first part, a second part and a third part, and the first part is spaced apart from the second part. It is arranged that the third part is located between the first part and the second part; both opposite sides of the first part protrude from the third part, and the opposite sides of the second part The third part protrudes on both sides of the back;
    所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
    对所述第一玻璃基材进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部、第二部及第三部的表面均发生阳离子交换,并使所述第三部形成所述连接部;以及Perform cation exchange on the first glass substrate, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part, the second part and the third part, and the third part forms the connection part; and
    去除所述第一部相背两侧凸出于所述连接部的部分以得到所述第一透光部,去除所述第二部相背两侧凸出于所述连接部的部分以得到所述第二透光部,以得到第二玻璃基材。Remove the portions of the first portion that protrude from the connecting portion on opposite sides to obtain the first light-transmitting portion, and remove the portions of the second portion that protrude from the connecting portion on opposite sides to obtain The second light-transmitting part is used to obtain a second glass substrate.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一透光部、第二透光部及第三部,所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部之间;The method for preparing a glass cover according to claim 10, wherein the first glass base material includes a first light-transmitting part, a second light-transmitting part and a third part, and the first light-transmitting part and The second light-transmitting parts are arranged at intervals, and the third part is located between the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part;
    所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
    在所述第一透光部与所述第二透光部的表面形成保护层;以及Form a protective layer on the surfaces of the first light-transmitting part and the second light-transmitting part; and
    对所述第三部进行阳离子交换,以使所述第三部形成所述连接部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The third part is subjected to cation exchange so that the third part forms the connecting part to obtain a second glass substrate.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12任一项所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一金属阳离子,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材,包括:The method for preparing a glass cover according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation, and the first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange, To obtain a second glass substrate, including:
    将所述第一玻璃基材置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将所述第一玻璃基材与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度300℃至900℃下使所述第一玻璃基材中的至少部分第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,得到所述第二玻璃基材,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。The first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature A displacement reaction occurs between at least part of the first metal cations and the second metal cations in the first glass substrate at 300°C to 900°C to obtain the second glass substrate, where the first metal cations and the second metal cations are The elements of the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及第三部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述第三部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;所述第三部的相背两侧均凸出于所述第一部,且所述第三部的相背两侧均凸出所述第二部;The method for preparing a glass cover according to claim 10, wherein the first glass base material includes a first part, a second part and a third part, and the first part is spaced apart from the second part. It is arranged that the third part is located between the first part and the second part; both opposite sides of the third part protrude from the first part, and the opposite sides of the third part The second part protrudes from both sides of the back;
    所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
    对所述第一玻璃基材进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部、第二部及所述第三部的表面均发生阳离子交换,使所述第一部形成所述第一透光部,所述第二部形成所述第二透光部;以及Cation exchange is performed on the first glass substrate, so that cation exchange occurs on the surfaces of the first part, the second part and the third part, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part , the second part forms the second light-transmitting part; and
    去除所述第三部相背两侧凸出于所述第一透光部及所述第二透光部的部分,以得到所述连接部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The portions of the third portion protruding from the first light-transmitting portion and the second light-transmitting portion on opposite sides are removed to obtain the connecting portion and a second glass substrate.
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,The method for preparing a glass cover plate according to claim 10, characterized in that:
    所述第一玻璃基材包括第一部、第二部及连接部,所述第一部与所述第二部间隔设置,所述连接部位于所述第一部与所述第二部之间;The first glass substrate includes a first part, a second part and a connecting part, the first part and the second part are spaced apart, and the connecting part is located between the first part and the second part. between;
    所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换,以得到第二玻璃基材;包括:Performing ion exchange on the first glass substrate to obtain a second glass substrate includes:
    在所述连接部的表面形成保护层;以及Form a protective layer on the surface of the connecting portion; and
    对所述第一部及所述第二部进行阳离子交换,以使所述第一部形成所述第一透光部,所述第二部形成所述第二透光部,以得到第二玻璃基材。The first part and the second part are subjected to cation exchange, so that the first part forms the first light-transmitting part, and the second part forms the second light-transmitting part, so as to obtain the second Glass substrate.
  16. 根据权利要求10-12、14、15任一项所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述对所述第二玻璃基材进行热处理,以使所述连接部进行结晶形成挡光部,包括:The method for preparing a glass cover according to any one of claims 10-12, 14, and 15, wherein the second glass substrate is heat treated to crystallize the connecting portion to form a barrier. Light department, including:
    于温度Te至Te1下进行热处理,以使所述连接部发生结晶形成挡光部,其中,Te为所述连接部的析晶温度,Te1为所述第一透光部的析晶温度,Te2为所述第二透光部的析晶温度,且Te<Te1=Te2。Heat treatment is performed at temperatures Te to Te1 to cause the connection portion to crystallize to form a light-blocking portion, where Te is the crystallization temperature of the connection portion, Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting portion, and Te2 is the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part, and Te<Te1=Te2.
  17. 根据权利要求9所述的玻璃盖板的制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一玻璃基材包括第一金属阳离子,所述对所述第一玻璃基材进行离子交换及结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,包括:The method for preparing a glass cover according to claim 9, wherein the first glass substrate includes a first metal cation, and the first glass substrate is subjected to ion exchange and crystallization to obtain the The glass cover includes:
    将所述第一玻璃基材置于具有第二金属阳离子的盐熔融液或盐溶液中,或者将所述第一玻璃基材与具有第二金属阳离子的盐粉末或氧化物粉末接触,于温度Te至Te1或Te至Te2下使第一玻璃基材中的至少部分第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子发生置换反应,并发生结晶,以得到所述玻璃盖板,其中,Te为所述挡光部的析晶温度,Te1为所述第一透光部的析晶温度,所述第二透光部的析晶温度为Te2,且Te<Te1,Te<Te2;其中,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的元素不同,所述第一金属阳离子与所述第二金属阳离子的价态相同。The first glass substrate is placed in a salt melt or salt solution having a second metal cation, or the first glass substrate is contacted with a salt powder or oxide powder having a second metal cation, at a temperature Te to Te1 or Te to Te2, at least part of the first metal cations in the first glass substrate are replaced with the second metal cations and crystallized to obtain the glass cover plate, where Te is the The crystallization temperature of the light-blocking part, Te1 is the crystallization temperature of the first light-transmitting part, the crystallization temperature of the second light-transmitting part is Te2, and Te<Te1, Te<Te2; wherein, the The elements of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are different, and the valence states of the first metal cation and the second metal cation are the same.
  18. 一种壳体,其特征在于,包括:A shell, characterized in that it includes:
    权利要求1-8任一项所述的玻璃盖板或者权利要求9-17任一项所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;以及The glass cover plate according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or the glass cover plate produced by the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17; and
    壳体本体,所述壳体本体环绕所述玻璃盖板的外周缘设置,且与所述玻璃盖板连接。The housing body is arranged around the outer periphery of the glass cover and is connected to the glass cover.
  19. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized by including:
    权利要求1-8任一项所述的玻璃盖板或者权利要求9-17任一项所述的方法制得的玻璃盖板;The glass cover plate according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or the glass cover plate prepared by the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17;
    发光器,所述发光器设于所述玻璃盖板,靠近所述玻璃盖板中的第一透光部设置,用于向所述第一透光部出射光线;以及A light emitter, the light emitter is provided on the glass cover plate and is disposed close to the first light-transmitting part in the glass cover plate, and is used for emitting light to the first light-transmitting part; and
    光接收器,所述光接收器与所述发光器设置于所述玻璃盖板的同一侧且靠近所述玻璃盖板中的第二透光部设置,用于接收所述光线中透过所述第一透光部且被反射入所述第二透光部的部分。A light receiver, the light receiver and the light emitter are arranged on the same side of the glass cover and close to the second light-transmitting part in the glass cover, for receiving all the light transmitted through it. The first light-transmitting part is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备还包括处理器,所述处理器分别与所述发光器及所述光接收器电连接,所述处理器用于控制所述发光器出射所述光线,并控制所述光接收器接收所述光线中透过所述第一透光部且被反射入所述第二透光部的部分。The electronic device according to claim 19, characterized in that the electronic device further includes a processor, the processor is electrically connected to the light emitter and the light receiver respectively, and the processor is used to control the The light emitter emits the light, and controls the light receiver to receive the part of the light that passes through the first light-transmitting part and is reflected into the second light-transmitting part.
PCT/CN2022/139172 2022-03-15 2022-12-15 Glass cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device WO2023173855A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210255146.5A CN114466550B (en) 2022-03-15 2022-03-15 Glass cover plate, manufacturing method thereof, shell and electronic equipment
CN202210255146.5 2022-03-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023173855A1 true WO2023173855A1 (en) 2023-09-21

Family

ID=81416806

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/139172 WO2023173855A1 (en) 2022-03-15 2022-12-15 Glass cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114466550B (en)
WO (1) WO2023173855A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114466550B (en) * 2022-03-15 2023-11-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Glass cover plate, manufacturing method thereof, shell and electronic equipment
CN117395902A (en) * 2022-06-14 2024-01-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Shell, manufacturing method of shell and electronic equipment

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157293A (en) * 2002-11-06 2004-06-03 Mitsubishi Cable Ind Ltd Method for manufacturing member with optical waveguide
CN104507885A (en) * 2012-07-25 2015-04-08 旭硝子株式会社 White glass
CN109363656A (en) * 2018-08-17 2019-02-22 深圳市爱都科技有限公司 A kind of health monitoring device and wearable device
US20190090806A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-03-28 Apple Inc. Optical Sensor Subsystem Adjacent a Cover of an Electronic Device Housing
CN113179605A (en) * 2021-05-14 2021-07-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Shell, preparation method thereof, wearable device and electronic device
CN114466550A (en) * 2022-03-15 2022-05-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Glass cover plate and preparation method thereof, shell and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201242923A (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-11-01 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Colored glass casing
CN103102070A (en) * 2013-02-03 2013-05-15 北京工业大学 Environmentally-friendly low-transparency type absolute black alumina silicate glass
CN107572828A (en) * 2017-10-27 2018-01-12 福州大学 A kind of method that cu zn ion strengthens gear division devitrified glass physicochemical property
CN111847885B (en) * 2020-06-09 2022-06-07 科立视材料科技有限公司 Reinforced microcrystalline glass with deep high-pressure stress and preparation method thereof
CN113437181B (en) * 2021-06-23 2022-05-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Manufacturing method of optical cover plate, optical cover plate and wearable device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157293A (en) * 2002-11-06 2004-06-03 Mitsubishi Cable Ind Ltd Method for manufacturing member with optical waveguide
CN104507885A (en) * 2012-07-25 2015-04-08 旭硝子株式会社 White glass
US20190090806A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-03-28 Apple Inc. Optical Sensor Subsystem Adjacent a Cover of an Electronic Device Housing
CN109363656A (en) * 2018-08-17 2019-02-22 深圳市爱都科技有限公司 A kind of health monitoring device and wearable device
CN113179605A (en) * 2021-05-14 2021-07-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Shell, preparation method thereof, wearable device and electronic device
CN114466550A (en) * 2022-03-15 2022-05-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Glass cover plate and preparation method thereof, shell and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114466550B (en) 2023-11-07
CN114466550A (en) 2022-05-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023173855A1 (en) Glass cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device
CN113710020B (en) Electronic device housing including glass-ceramic regions
WO2023173860A1 (en) Cover plate and preparation method therefor, housing and electronic device
TWI578573B (en) A plurality of blue light emitting diodes in white light
CN109459886B (en) Backlight module, manufacturing method and display device
US20200218005A1 (en) Display device
CN113179605B (en) Shell, manufacturing method thereof, wearable device and electronic device
KR20180127246A (en) Backlight module and display device containing the same
US20210251509A1 (en) Electronic device that can be worn on the body and method for producing same
US3922062A (en) Integrally formed optical circuit with gradient refractive index
US10788614B2 (en) Optical module and display device
TWI659255B (en) Reflective display device and method of manufacturing the same
TWM455263U (en) Several white light packaging with blue light LED
EP4331475A1 (en) Heart rate detection module and electronic device
KR20200030744A (en) Led film
CN213309700U (en) Wearable intelligent device
CN116406106A (en) Shell structure, shell, electronic equipment and preparation method of shell structure
US11189763B2 (en) Backlight structure
WO2021168973A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JPS589402B2 (en) EXIYO HIYOJIDOKEI
KR102668143B1 (en) Display device
CN115000270B (en) Light source module and display device
TWI795162B (en) Light emitting device
CN220795826U (en) Touch screen and touch equipment
CN117642684A (en) Display device and method for assembling the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22931863

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1